doc 5

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@81 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

23 files changed, 10301 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.c b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36ebf5c5b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   before changing it!
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+#define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
+   The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages.  */
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg = NULL;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 0;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+   in which the last option character we returned was found.
+   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+   expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+   selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+static enum
+{
+  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
+static char *posixly_correct;
+
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+   in GCC.  */
+#include <string.h>
+#define	my_index	strchr
+#else
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+char *getenv ();
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+     const char *str;
+     int chr;
+{
+  while (*str)
+    {
+      if (*str == chr)
+	return (char *) str;
+      str++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int bottom = first_nonopt;
+  int middle = last_nonopt;
+  int top = optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+  last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+
+  nextchar = NULL;
+
+  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
+    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+     const struct option *longopts;
+     int *longind;
+     int long_only;
+{
+  optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (optind == 0)
+    {
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
+      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+    }
+
+  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (optind < argc
+		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	    optind++;
+	  last_nonopt = optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  optind++;
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+	  last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+	    optind = first_nonopt;
+	  return EOF;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	{
+	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return EOF;
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+		    /* --option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], pfound->name);
+		   else
+		    /* +option or -option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (optind < argc)
+		optarg = argv[optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    {
+	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		/* --option */
+		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], nextchar);
+	      else
+		/* +option or -option */
+		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+	    }
+	  nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *nextchar++;
+    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*nextchar == '\0')
+      ++optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (opterr)
+	  {
+	    if (posixly_correct)
+	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	    else
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	  }
+	optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      optarg = NULL;
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (opterr)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
+		  }
+		optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      optarg = argv[optind++];
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.h b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..952f4830d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  const char *name;
+#else
+  char *name;
+#endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+#define	no_argument		0
+#define required_argument	1
+#define optional_argument	2
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
+#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
+		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+			     int long_only);
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.cps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.cps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea48e456f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.cps
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+\initial {A}
+\entry {accessing \TeX{}draw}{3, 23}
+\entry {angle of a vector}{35}
+\entry {arcs}{12, 32}
+\entry {arrowhead parameters}{8}
+\entry {arrows}{7}
+\initial {B}
+\entry {Bezier curves}{14}
+\initial {C}
+\entry {circles}{12}
+\entry {command syntax}{5}
+\entry {coordinate parsing}{35}
+\entry {coordinate specification}{6}
+\entry {coordinate, symbolic}{18}
+\entry {coordinates}{6}
+\entry {cosine of a vector direction}{35}
+\entry {current position}{7, 21, 35}
+\entry {current position in PostScript}{31}
+\entry {curves}{14}
+\initial {D}
+\entry {dashed lines}{8}
+\entry {direction of a line}{35}
+\entry {distribution}{1}
+\entry {dotted lines}{8}
+\entry {drawing segments}{17}
+\entry {\code {dvi2ps} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {dvialw} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {dvilaser} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {dvips} printer driver}{1, 23, 28}
+\entry {\code {dvipsone} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {dvitops} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {dviwindo} printer driver}{23}
+\initial {E}
+\entry {ellipses}{12}
+\entry {Encapsulated PostScript File}{28}
+\entry {errors while using \TeX{}draw}{25}
+\entry {example, arrow curve}{36}
+\entry {example, block diagram}{39}
+\entry {example, circle and ellipse}{44}
+\entry {example, graph}{42}
+\initial {F}
+\entry {fill operations, interaction with drawing segments}{17}
+\entry {filled circles}{12}
+\entry {filling regions}{15, 31}
+\initial {G}
+\entry {\code {graphics} package}{1, 3, 23, 28}
+\entry {graphics placement}{28}
+\entry {gray levels for lines}{8}
+\initial {I}
+\entry {implementation}{26}
+\entry {initial current position}{21}
+\entry {invoking \TeX{}draw}{3, 23}
+\initial {L}
+\entry {La\TeX{}}{1, 3, 23}
+\entry {length of a vector}{35}
+\entry {line cap}{31}
+\entry {line join}{31}
+\entry {line width}{8}
+\entry {lines}{7, 32}
+\entry {listing of commands}{47}
+\initial {M}
+\entry {moves}{7, 32}
+\initial {O}
+\entry {\code {oztex} printer driver}{23}
+\initial {P}
+\entry {painting regions}{15}
+\entry {paths}{15, 17, 31}
+\entry {\code {pctexps} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {\code {pctexwin} printer driver}{23}
+\entry {placement of graphics and text}{28}
+\entry {plain \TeX{}}{3}
+\entry {position specification}{6}
+\entry {positions, saving}{18}
+\entry {PostScript commands}{31}
+\entry {PostScript printer drivers}{23, 28}
+\entry {printer drivers}{23, 28}
+\entry {problems while using \TeX{}draw}{25}
+\entry {\code {psprint} driver}{23}
+\initial {R}
+\entry {relative positioning}{8}
+\entry {relative scaling}{19}
+\entry {resolution}{27}
+\entry {rotated text}{10, 23, 27, 28}
+\initial {S}
+\entry {saving positions}{18}
+\entry {scaling}{26}
+\entry {scaling coordinates}{19}
+\entry {segment scale}{19}
+\entry {segments}{17}
+\entry {sine of a vector direction}{35}
+\entry {size of the drawing}{21}
+\entry {stroking lines}{17, 31}
+\entry {symbolic coordinate}{18}
+\entry {syntax of commands}{5}
+\initial {T}
+\entry {\code {texdraw} package}{3, 23, 28}
+\entry {text commands}{10}
+\entry {text placement}{28}
+\entry {text rotation}{10, 23, 27, 28}
+\entry {\code {textures} printer driver}{23}
+\initial {U}
+\entry {unit scale}{19}
+\initial {V}
+\entry {vectors}{7}
+\entry {vertical text}{10}
+\initial {W}
+\entry {width of lines}{8}
+\initial {X}
+\entry {\code {xdvi} driver}{23}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.fns b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.fns
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ec2274f466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.fns
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+\initial {{\tt\indexbackslash }}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }arc}}{13}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }arrowheadsize}}{9}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }arrowheadtype}}{9}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }avec}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }begin{\tt\char'173}texdraw{\tt\char'175}}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }bsegment}}{17}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }btexdraw}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }centertexdraw}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }clvec}}{14}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }cossin}}{35}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }currentpos}}{35}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }drawbb}}{21}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }drawdim}}{7}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }end{\tt\char'173}texdraw{\tt\char'175}}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }esegment}}{17}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }etexdraw}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }everytexdraw}}{5}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }fcir}}{13}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }fellip}}{13}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }getpos}}{35}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }htext}}{10}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }ifill}}{15}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }lcir}}{12}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }lellip}}{13}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }lfill}}{15}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }linewd}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }lvec}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }move}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSarc}}{32}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSarcn}}{32}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSclosepath}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSfill}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSlineto}}{32}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSmoveto}}{32}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSnewpath}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSsetlinecap}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSsetlinejoin}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }PSstroke}}{31}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }ravec}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }realadd}}{36}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }realdiv}}{36}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }realmult}}{36}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }relsegscale}}{20}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }relunitscale}}{20}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }rlvec}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }rmove}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }rtext}}{10}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }savecurrpos}}{18}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }savepos}}{18}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }setgray}}{8}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }setsegscale}}{20}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }setunitscale}}{19}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }textref}}{11}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }vectlen}}{35}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }vtext}}{10}
+\entry {\code {{\tt\indexbackslash }writeps}}{32}
+\initial {A}
+\entry {\code {arc}}{32}
+\entry {\code {arcn}}{32}
+\initial {C}
+\entry {\code {closepath}}{31}
+\initial {F}
+\entry {\code {fill}}{31}
+\initial {L}
+\entry {\code {lineto}}{32}
+\initial {M}
+\entry {\code {moveto}}{32}
+\initial {N}
+\entry {\code {newpath}}{31}
+\initial {S}
+\entry {\code {setlinecap}}{31}
+\entry {\code {setlinejoin}}{31}
+\entry {\code {stroke}}{31}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52fc2263f72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.texi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05573b650e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2957 @@
+% -*-texinfo-*-
+
+%  TeXdraw  texinfo file
+%  Edition 2.0
+
+%  $Id: texdraw.texi,v 2.5 1995/12/19 texdraw-V2R0 $
+
+% To produce a TeX version of this manual, you must have the following
+% files accessible by TeX.
+%   texdraw.texi  - this file, the TeXdraw manual, part of the TeXdraw
+%                   distribution
+%   texdraw.tex   - the TeXdraw macros, part of the TeXdraw distribution
+%   txdtools.tex  - extra macros for TeXdraw, part of the TeXdraw
+%                   distribution
+%   texinfo.tex   - texinfo manual macros (distributed by FSF, for instance
+%                   with the GNUemacs editor).  This version of the manual has
+%                   been tested with version 2.145 of texinfo.tex.  The file
+%                   texinfo.tex is available by anonymous ftp as
+%                   pub/gnu/texinfo-3.6.tar.Z on prep.ai.mit.edu.
+%
+\input texdraw    % bring in TeXdraw before texinfo changes "\" to "@"
+\input txdtools
+
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header
+@setfilename texdraw
+@settitle @TeX{}draw
+@comment %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents @TeX{}draw, a system for producing PostScript drawings
+from @TeX{}.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1993-95 Peter Kabal
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@titlepage
+@title @TeX{}draw
+@subtitle PostScript Drawings from @TeX{}
+@subtitle Edition 2.0
+@subtitle December 1995
+
+@author Peter Kabal
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1993-95 Peter Kabal
+
+@sp 2
+This is edition 2.0 of the documentation for the @TeX{}draw macros for
+the @TeX{} typesetting program.
+@sp 2
+
+Peter Kabal @*
+Department of Electrical Engineering @*
+McGill University @*
+3480 University @*
+Montreal, Quebec @*
+Canada {} H3A@thinspace 2A7
+
+@code{kabal@@TSP.EE.McGill.CA}
+
+@sp 2
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+@end titlepage
+
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
+@top TeXdraw
+
+@TeX{}draw is a collection of macros that allow drawings to be created
+from @emph{within} @TeX{}.
+
+This is edition 2.0 of the @TeX{}draw documentation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Introduction::
+* TeXdraw Commands::
+* Drawing Segments and Scaling::
+* Using TeXdraw with LaTeX::
+* More Details::
+* PostScript Commands::
+* TeXdraw Toolbox::
+* Examples::
+* Command Listing::
+
+Indices
+* Concept Index::
+* Command Index::
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* Distribution::
+
+TeXdraw Commands
+
+* Accessing TeXdraw::
+* Command syntax::
+* TeXdraw coordinates::
+* Coordinate specification::
+* Line vectors::
+* TeX text::
+* Circles and arcs::
+* Bezier curves::
+* Fill commands::
+
+Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+* Drawing segments::
+* Drawing paths::
+* Saving positions::
+* Scaling coordinates::
+* Drawing size::
+* Initial current position::
+
+Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
+
+* PostScript printer drivers::
+
+More Details
+
+* Errors while using TeXdraw::
+* Extending TeXdraw::
+* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
+
+Extending TeXdraw
+
+* Scaling::
+* Resolution::
+* Text placement::
+* Intermediate PostScript file::
+
+PostScript Commands
+
+TeXdraw Toolbox
+
+* Coordinate parsing::
+* Real arithmetic::
+* Arrow curve::
+
+Examples
+
+* Block diagram::
+* Filter response graph::
+* Geometric construction::
+
+Command Listing
+
+Command Index
+
+Concept Index
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Introduction, TeXdraw Commands, Top, Top
+@chapter Introduction
+
+@TeX{} is a powerful typesetting program which allows for complex text
+layouts but by itself lacks a general graphics capability.  However,
+when coupled with an appropriate printer driver program, external
+graphics files can be inserted into the printed document.  In this mode,
+@TeX{} is instructed to leave space for a drawing.  The drawing is
+inserted by the printer driver program.  The @TeX{}draw macros described
+here generate the external graphics file from within @TeX{} and generate
+the instructions to the the print driver program to position the
+graphics at the appropriate position on the page.
+
+@TeX{}draw consists of a set of @TeX{} macros that create line drawings
+and other figures.  The drawing primitives include solid lines,
+patterned lines, Bezier curves, circles and arrows.  Other commands
+allow for the filling of a region with a gray level.  The drawing
+commands generate PostScript code.  This limits @TeX{}draw to systems
+which use PostScript printers.  @TeX{}draw also provides commands to
+position @TeX{} text, including mathematics, on the drawing.  The final
+drawing, with text and graphics, can be positioned on the page like any
+other @TeX{} box.
+
+@cindex @code{dvips} printer driver
+@cindex La@TeX{}
+@cindex @code{graphics} package
+The basic @TeX{}draw macros for @TeX{} use the @code{\special} syntax
+recognized by the printer driver program @code{dvips}.  However, when
+invoked as a La@TeX{}2e package, the @TeX{}draw macros can be used with
+any of the PostScript printer driver programs supported by the standard
+@code{graphics} package for La@TeX{}2e.
+
+The basic @TeX{}draw macros provide only simple drawing commands.
+However, @TeX{}draw provides a drawing segment environment which allows
+parameter changes and coordinate scaling changes to be kept local to the
+drawing segment.  This facility, together with @TeX{}'s macro
+capabilities allows one to modularize drawing units and extend
+@TeX{}draw by building more complex graphics entities from simpler
+elements.
+
+@menu
+* Distribution::
+@end menu
+
+@node Distribution, , , Introduction
+@section Distribution information
+@cindex distribution
+
+The @TeX{}draw routines are provided free of charge without warranty of
+any kind.  Note that the @TeX{}draw routines are copyrighted.  They may
+be distributed freely provided that the recipients also acquire the
+right to distribute them freely.  The notices to this effect must be
+preserved when the source files are distributed.
+
+
+@node TeXdraw Commands, Drawing Segments and Scaling, Introduction, Top
+@chapter Using the @TeX{}draw Commands
+
+The main @TeX{}draw macros (commands) are defined in the file
+@file{texdraw.tex}.  These macros may be used directly in @TeX{}.  The
+file @file{texdraw.sty} provides an interface for use with La@TeX{}2e.
+The following sections describe the basic commands for @TeX{}draw.
+
+@menu
+* Accessing TeXdraw::
+* Command syntax::
+* TeXdraw coordinates::
+* Coordinate specification::
+* Line vectors::
+* TeX text::
+* Circles and arcs::
+* Bezier curves::
+* Fill commands::
+@end menu
+
+@node Accessing TeXdraw, Command syntax, , TeXdraw Commands
+@section Accessing @TeX{}draw
+@cindex accessing @TeX{}draw
+@cindex invoking @TeX{}draw
+
+@cindex plain @TeX{}
+@cindex La@TeX{}
+The form of the user command to run the @TeX{} program depends on which
+version of @TeX{} is being used, and which other macro packages are
+preloaded as format files.  Typically, installations have at least two
+versions of @TeX{} --- plain @TeX{} which includes basic typesetting
+macros (usually invoked as @file{tex}) and La@TeX{}2e which includes the
+La@TeX{}2e typesetting macros (usually invoked as @file{latex}).  An
+older version of La@TeX{}, version 2.09, may also be available.  The
+@TeX{}draw macros can be used with plain @TeX{} and with either version
+of La@TeX{}.
+
+For use with plain @TeX{}, the user must read in the @TeX{}draw macros
+from the file @file{texdraw.tex}.
+@example
+@group
+\input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+ ...
+\btexdraw
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\etexdraw
+@end group
+@end example
+
+For use with La@TeX{} version 2.09, the user reads in the @TeX{}draw
+macros from the file @file{texdraw.tex} and optionally defines the
+@code{\begin@{texdraw@}} / @code{\end@{texdraw@}} environment.
+@example
+@group
+\documentstyle[11pt]@{article@}  % Article style with the 11pt size options
+...
+\input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+\newenvironment@{texdraw@}@{\leavevmode\btexdraw@}@{\etexdraw@}
+ ...
+\begin@{texdraw@}
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\end@{texdraw@}
+...
+\end@{document@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@cindex @code{texdraw} package
+@cindex @code{graphics} package
+For use with La@TeX{}2e, the user must load the @code{texdraw} package
+(file @file{texdraw.sty}).  This package file defines the
+@code{\begin@{texdraw@}} / @code{\end@{texdraw@}} environment, brings in
+the standard @code{graphics} package and reads in the file
+@file{texdraw.tex} containing the definitions of the @TeX{}draw macros.
+@example
+@group
+\documentclass[11pt]@{article@}  % Article class with the 11pt size option
+\usepackage@{texdraw@}           % TeXdraw commands
+
+\begin@{document@}
+ ...
+\begin@{texdraw@}
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\end@{texdraw@}
+ ...
+\end@{document@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+As the @TeX{}draw commands are processed by @TeX{}, an intermediate
+PostScript file is generated.  The intermediate PostScript has a name of
+the form @file{@var{name}.ps1}.  The name part is derived from the name
+of the main @TeX{} file being processed.  If more than one drawing is
+produced, the digit in the file name extension is
+incremented.@footnote{After the ninth PostScript file, the name of the
+intermediate PostScript file takes the form @file{@var{name}.p10}, with
+the number increasing from 10 with each file.}
+
+The @TeX{}draw commands to produce a drawing are inserted between
+@code{\btexdraw} and @code{\etexdraw} commands, or for La@TeX{}, between
+@code{\begin@{texdraw@}} and @code{\end@{texdraw@}} commands.  This
+results in a @TeX{} box of appropriate size containing the drawing
+generated by the @TeX{}draw commands.  The @TeX{}draw box can be
+positioned in a document like any other @TeX{} box.
+
+The @code{\centertexdraw@{...@}} macro centers the box generated by
+@TeX{}draw.  The vertical space taken up is equal to the vertical size
+of the drawing.  The @code{\centertexdraw} macro is normally used in
+vertical mode (between paragraphs).  A @code{\par} command (a blank line
+will do also) before a @code{\centertexdraw} command will terminate
+horizontal mode and return to vertical mode.  For La@TeX{}, a structured
+equivalent to the @code{\centertexdraw@{...@}} command is shown below.
+@example
+@group
+\begin@{center@}
+\begin@{texdraw@}
+  ...
+\end@{texdraw@}
+\end@{center@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+The @code{\everytexdraw} command can be used to define a set of
+@TeX{}draw commands that will be executed at the beginning of every
+@TeX{}draw drawing.  It is invoked as @code{\everytexdraw@{ ...@}},
+with the desired @TeX{}draw commands as arguments.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \btexdraw
+@item \btexdraw
+Start a @TeX{}draw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+@code{\etexdraw} command.
+@findex \etexdraw
+@item \etexdraw
+End a @TeX{}draw drawing started with a @code{\btexdraw} command.  The
+resulting @TeX{}draw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to the
+height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The
+depth of the box is zero.
+@findex \begin@{texdraw@}
+@item \begin@{texdraw@}
+Start a @TeX{}draw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+@code{\end@{texdraw@}} command.  This command is for use with La@TeX{}.
+@findex \end@{texdraw@}
+@item \end@{texdraw@}
+End a @TeX{}draw drawing started with a @code{\begin@{texdraw@}}
+command.  The resulting @TeX{}draw drawing is placed in a box with
+height equal to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width
+of the drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+with La@TeX{}.
+@findex \centertexdraw
+@item \centertexdraw@{ ... @}
+Center a @TeX{}draw box horizontally.  The argument contains @TeX{}draw
+commands.  The resulting box has the horizontal size @code{\hsize} and
+height equal to the height of the drawing.
+@findex \everytexdraw
+@item \everytexdraw@{ ... @}
+Specify @TeX{}draw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+@TeX{}draw drawing.
+@end table
+
+@node Command syntax, TeXdraw coordinates, Accessing TeXdraw, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Command syntax
+@cindex command syntax
+@cindex syntax of commands
+
+Generally @TeX{}draw commands that take a single argument need a
+terminating blank or newline after the argument.  Arguments that are
+self-delimiting, such as coordinates within parentheses and text within
+braces, do not need the terminating blank.  However, even when not
+needed by the defining syntax of the command, blanks following command
+arguments are allowed and ignored within the @TeX{}draw environment.
+
+On entering the @TeX{}draw environment, @TeX{} is in internal vertical
+mode (vertical mode inside a @code{\vbox}).  In this mode, spaces can be
+placed freely between commands.  However, any other extraneous input
+that generates output that is not part of the @TeX{}draw environment is
+disallowed.
+
+Blank lines are interpreted as paragraph breaks, equivalent to a
+@code{\par} command.  The @TeX{}draw macro @code{\centertexdraw} is
+defined with the @code{\long} attribute to allow @code{\par} commands
+and blank lines to be interspersed between @TeX{}draw commands.  The
+@code{\btexdraw} and @code{\etexdraw} commands also allow @code{\par}
+command and blank lines to be included.
+
+@node TeXdraw coordinates, Coordinate specification, Command syntax, TeXdraw Commands
+@section @TeX{}draw coordinates
+@cindex coordinates
+
+The @TeX{}draw coordinate system has increasing @var{x} to the right and
+increasing @var{y} upward.  The coordinates (without the unit) are
+floating point numbers.  Integer values can be written without a decimal
+point.  The size of the drawing is determined by the maximum excursions
+of the coordinates specified in @TeX{}draw commands.
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \avec (0 0.8) \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 0.9){\sl y}
+  \move (0 0) \avec (0.8 0) \textref h:L v:C \htext(0.9 0){\sl x}
+  \move (0 1.0)}
+@end tex
+
+Consider the following example of @TeX{}draw commands to draw a simple
+figure.
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+  \drawdim cm  \linewd 0.02
+  \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3)@{$\sum \rho_n$@}
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim{cm} \linewd 0.02
+  \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
+}
+@end tex
+This drawing uses units of centimetres, with a line width of 0.02 cm.
+The @var{x} coordinate ranges between 1 and 3 while the @var{y}
+coordinate ranges between 2 and 4.  When included into a document, the
+size of the drawing is 2 cm by 2 cm.  The drawing is placed in a @TeX{}
+box, with the lower lefthand corner of the box corresponding to
+@TeX{}draw coordinate @code{(1 2)} and the upper righthand corner at
+@code{(3 4)}.  The @code{\centertexdraw} command centers the drawing
+horizontally.  The @code{\textref} command controls the centering of the
+text.  The text in this drawing is centered (both horizontally and
+vertically) at the coordinate @code{(2 3)}.
+
+@node Coordinate specification, Line vectors, TeXdraw coordinates, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Coordinate specification
+@cindex coordinate specification
+@cindex position specification
+
+Coordinates are specified within parentheses, with blanks (but no comma)
+between the values.  Leading blanks and trailing blanks are permitted
+within the parentheses.  The coordinates refer to units, which are
+specified by the @code{\drawdim} command.  The default is inches, but
+any valid @TeX{} dimension unit can be specified.  Symbolic
+specification of saved coordinate values will be discused later
+(@pxref{Saving positions}).
+
+@table @code
+@findex \drawdim
+@item \drawdim @var{dim}
+Set the units to @var{dim}.  The argument @var{dim} can be any valid
+@TeX{} dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+values.  Examples of valid units: @code{cm}, @code{mm}, @code{in},
+@code{pt}, and @code{bp}.
+@end table
+
+Examples of coordinate and scaling specifications:
+@table @code
+@item \drawdim @{cm@} \move(2 2)
+Set the units to centimetres, move to a position 2 cm to the right and 2
+cm up from the origin of the drawing coordinate system.
+@item \drawdim bp
+Set the units to big points.
+@item \lvec ( 2.2 +5.5) \lvec(2.3 -2) \lvec(2.2 5.4 )
+Examples of acceptable coordinate specifications.
+@end table
+
+@node Line vectors, TeX text, Coordinate specification, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Line vectors
+@cindex lines
+@cindex vectors
+@cindex arrows
+@cindex moves
+@cindex current position
+
+@TeX{}draw implements moves, line vectors and arrow vectors.  There are
+both absolute and relative motion versions of these vector commands.
+@TeX{}draw maintains a current position.  Lines are drawn from the
+current position to a new coordinate, with the new coordinate becoming
+the new current position.  An explicit move can be used to establish a
+new current position.  The position @code{(0 0)} is used if there is no
+move to an initial current position.
+
+The @code{\move} and @code{\rmove} commands establish a new current
+position without drawing a line.  The @code{\lvec} and @code{\rlvec}
+commands draw a line from the current position to a new position, which
+then becomes the new current position.  The @code{\avec} and
+@code{\ravec} commands draw a line with an arrowhead from the current
+position to a new coordinate, which then becomes the new current
+position.  The tip of the arrow is at the new current position.  The
+direction of the arrow follows the direction of the line.  Since this
+direction is undefined for zero length vectors, these are not allowed
+for @code{\avec} or @code{\ravec}.  Zero length arrow vectors will
+generate a PostScript print error: @code{undefinedresult}.  For any
+non-zero length vector, the full size arrowhead is drawn, even if that
+arrowhead is longer than the line length.
+
+The absolute motion versions of these commands specify the coordinate of
+the final position.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \move
+@item \move (@var{x} @var{y})
+Move to coordinate @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position
+is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+@findex \lvec
+@item \lvec (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a line from the current position to coordinate @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+@findex \avec
+@item \avec (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The arrowhead is aligned with the line, with the tip at
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex relative positioning
+The relative motion versions of these commands interpret the coordinates
+as displacements relative to the current position.  Given the
+displacements @code{(@var{dx} @var{dy})} as a parameter, each of the
+relative motion commands moves @var{dx} units in the @var{x} direction
+and @var{dy} units in the @var{y} direction.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \rmove
+@item \rmove (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Move from the current position, @var{dx} units in the @var{x} direction
+and @var{dy} units in the @var{y} direction.  The final position becomes
+the new current position.
+@findex \rlvec
+@item \rlvec (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Draw a line from the current position, @var{dx} units in the @var{x}
+direction and @var{dy} units in the @var{y} direction.  The final
+position becomes the new current position.
+@findex \ravec
+@item \ravec (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, @var{dx} units
+in the @var{x} direction and @var{y} units in the @var{y} direction.
+The final position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+@end table
+
+Lines can be customized with commands to change the line width, line
+pattern and line gray level rendition.  In addition, commands for
+changing the type and size of the arrowhead are available.
+
+@cindex line width
+@cindex width of lines
+@cindex dashed lines
+@cindex dotted lines
+@cindex gray levels for lines
+@cindex arrowhead parameters
+@table @code
+@findex \linewd
+@item \linewd @var{width}
+Set the line width to @var{width} units.  Initially @var{width} is 0.01
+inches (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+@item \lpatt (@var{pattern})
+Set lines to have the pattern @code{(@var{pattern})}.  A pattern is a
+sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in parentheses.
+The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash and the length of a
+gap between dashes.  Each length is interpreted using the current
+scaling and drawing units.  The pattern is used cyclically.  The empty
+pattern signifies a solid line.  The initial line pattern is a solid
+line, corresponding to the empty pattern @code{\lpatt ()}.
+@findex \setgray
+@item \setgray @var{level}
+Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The initial gray level
+is 0 corresponding to black.
+@findex \arrowheadtype
+@item \arrowheadtype t:@var{type}
+Set the arrowhead type to @var{type}, where @var{type} is one of
+@code{F}, @code{T}, @code{W}, @code{V}, or @code{H}.  There are two
+kinds of arrowheads.  The first kind is a triangle.  There are 3
+variants: type @code{T} is an empty triangle, type @code{F} is a filled
+triangle (using the current gray level for lines), type @code{W} is a
+triangle filled with white.  The second kind of arrowhead is an open
+ended Vee.  There are 2 variants: type @code{V} has the stem continue to
+the tip, type @code{H} has the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead type is @code{T}.
+@findex \arrowheadsize
+@item \arrowheadsize l:@var{length} w:@var{width}
+Set the arrowhead size to be @var{length} units long and @var{width}
+units wide.  The width is measured across the ``base'' of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead size has a @var{length} of 0.16 inches and a
+@var{width} of 0.08 inches.
+@end table
+
+Note that the lines which outline the arrowhead will be drawn with the
+same line pattern used for the stem.  Normally, arrow vectors are drawn
+with the line pattern set for a solid line.  Note that the fill level
+used for the @code{F} variant of the arrowhead uses the same gray level
+as used for lines.  The difference between the @code{T} variant and the
+@code{W} variant only shows up if the arrowhead is placed over non-white
+areas of the drawing.  The @code{W} variant obliterates the area under
+the arrowhead.
+
+Examples of line parameter and arrowhead settings are shown in the
+following code.
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+  \drawdim in
+  \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(0.5 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1 0)
+  \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(1.5 0.5)
+  \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.0 0.5)
+  \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim in
+  \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0.5 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(1.0 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1.5 0)
+  \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(2.0 0.5)
+  \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.5 0.5)
+  \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (0.35 0.50){\tt t:F}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.0 0.43){\tt t:V}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.82 0.50){\tt t:T}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (2.5 0.43){\tt t:H}
+  \textref h:R v:B \htext (2.8 0){\tt t:W}
+}
+@end tex
+
+@node TeX text, Circles and arcs, Line vectors, TeXdraw Commands
+@section @TeX{} text
+@cindex text commands
+
+Text may be superimposed on the drawing.  The text argument of the
+@code{\htext} command is in horizontal mode.  This text can be ordinary
+text, math mode expressions, or even more complicated boxes consisting
+of tables and the like.  The resulting @TeX{} text is placed in a box.
+The reference point of the box can be chosen to be one of nine
+locations: horizontally left, center or right; vertically top, center or
+bottom.  The @code{\htext} command takes one of two forms.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \htext
+@item \htext (@var{x} @var{y})@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \htext @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text}
+horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The second form of this command places the @TeX{} text
+@var{text} horizontally with the text reference point at the current
+position.  The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref}
+command.
+@end table
+
+@cindex vertical text
+@cindex rotated text
+@cindex text rotation
+Text can be placed vertically using the @code{\vtext} command.  The text
+argument is in horizontal mode.  The @TeX{} text is placed in a box and
+then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point is the point in the
+box, @emph{before} rotation of the text.  Not all PostScript printer
+drivers support vertical text.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \vtext
+@item \vtext (x y)@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \vtext @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text}
+vertically with the text reference point at the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The second form of this command places the @TeX{} text
+@var{text} vertically with the text reference point at the current
+position.  In both cases, the @TeX{} text is placed in a box and the box
+is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about the text reference
+point.  The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref}
+command.
+@end table
+
+@cindex rotated text
+@cindex text rotation
+Text can be placed at an arbitrary angle using the @code{\rtext}
+command.  The text argument is in horizontal mode.  The @TeX{} text is
+placed in a box and then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point
+is the point in the box, @emph{before} rotation of the text.  Not all
+PostScript printer drivers support rotated text.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \rtext
+@item \rtext td:@var{angle} (x y)@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \rtext td:@var{angle} @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text} at an
+angle with the text reference point at the coordinate @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The
+second form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text} at an
+angle with the text reference point at the current position.  In both
+cases, the @TeX{} text is placed in a box and the box is rotated
+counterclockwise by @var{angle} degrees about the text reference point.
+The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref} command.
+@end table
+
+The reference point for subsequent @TeX{} text in a @code{\htext},
+@code{\vtext} or @code{\rtext} command is set with the @code{\textref}
+command.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \textref
+@item \textref h:@var{h-ref} v:@var{v-ref}
+Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+horizontal reference point @var{h-ref} is one of @code{L}, @code{C} or
+@code{R} (left, center or right).  The vertical reference point
+@var{v-ref} is one of @code{T}, @code{C} or @code{B} (top, center or
+bottom).  For rotated text, the reference point is determined before
+rotation.  The initial text reference point corresponds to
+@code{\textref h:L v:B}.
+@end table
+@noindent
+
+@tex
+\centertexdraw{
+  \def\bdot {\bsegment
+               \fcir f:0 r:0.02
+             \esegment}
+  \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \move (-1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.55 +0.45) \move (-1.55 -0.45) \move (0 0)
+    \Ttext{Horizontal Text}
+    \bdot                   \Btext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 0)    \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 0)    \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (0 +0.3)    \bdot \Ttext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (0 -0.3)    \bdot \Btext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 -0.3)
+  \esegment
+  \def\atext {\rtext td:45 }
+  \def\ATtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:B \atext (-0.06 +0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ABtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:T \atext (+0.060 -0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ALtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:R v:C \atext (-0.08 -0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ARtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:L v:C \atext (+0.08 +0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \move (+1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.33 +1.33) \move (-1.33 -1.33) \move (0 0)
+    \setsegscale 0.707
+    \ATtext{Rotated Text}
+    \bdot                   \ABtext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.9) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 +0.9) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (-0.3 +0.3) \bdot \ATtext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (+0.3 -0.3) \bdot \ABtext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.6 -1.2) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-1.2 -0.6) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.6 +1.2) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+1.2 +0.6) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.6 -1.2)
+  \esegment
+}
+@end tex
+
+The font used to render the text is determined as for any other @TeX{}
+text.  Normally the font used outside of @TeX{}draw is in effect.  If
+desired, other fonts can be specified as part of the text.  Any font
+changes within a @TeX{}draw text command remain local to that command.
+
+Only the coordinate of the text reference point in a @code{\htext},
+@code{\vtext} or @code{\rtext} command is used in calculating the size
+of the drawing.  This means that text itself can spill outside of the
+drawing area determined by @TeX{}draw.  The area of the drawing can be
+increased to include the text by issuing additional @code{\move}
+commands.
+
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+             \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext@{H-text@}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext@{H-text@}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext@{V-text@}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext@{H-text@}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext@{H-text@}
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@iftex
+Superimposed on this example is a shaded region showing the limits of
+the @TeX{}draw box as determined by the coordinates specified.
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \move(-0.75 -0.25) \lvec (-0.75 +0.5) \lvec (+0.75 +0.5)
+  \lvec(+0.75 -0.25) \ifill f:0.9         % fill the region
+  \move(0 0)
+             \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move (-1.15 -0.3) \move (+1.15 +0.92)  % increase the size of the drawing
+}
+@end tex
+@end iftex
+
+@node Circles and arcs, Bezier curves, TeX text, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Circles, ellipses and arcs
+@cindex circles
+@cindex filled circles
+@cindex ellipses
+@cindex arcs
+
+@TeX{}draw supplies commands to generate circles, ellipses and arcs.
+There are two forms of the circle command.  The @code{\lcir} command
+draws a circle of given radius.  The @code{\fcir} command draws a filled
+circle.  In the latter case, the circle is filled by a specified gray
+level.  For the filled circle, the line defining the circumference of
+the circle is not drawn.  Note that the gray level area filled in by the
+@code{\fcir} command is opaque, even if the fill is chosen to be white.
+For either form of the circle command, the drawing size is increased if
+necessary to contain the circle.
+
+The @code{\lellip} command generates an ellipse specified by the radius
+of the ellipse in the @var{x} direction and the radius of the ellipse in
+the @var{y} direction.  The ellipse is symmetrical about horizontal and
+vertical lines drawn through the current point.  The @code{\fellip}
+command draws a filled ellipse.  In the latter case, the ellipse is
+filled by a specified gray level.  For the filled ellipse, the line
+defining the boundary of the ellipse is not drawn.  For either form of
+the ellipse command, the drawing size is increased if necessary to
+contain the ellipse.
+
+
+The @code{\larc} command generates a counterclockwise arc specified by a
+start angle in degrees and an end angle in degrees.  The center of the
+arc is the current position.  Only the arc is drawn, not the line
+joining the center to the beginning of the arc.  Note that the
+@code{\larc} command does not affect the size of the drawing.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \lcir
+@item \lcir r:@var{radius}
+Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by @var{radius}.  This command draws a line along the
+circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if necessary
+to contain the circle.
+@findex \fcir
+@item \fcir f:@var{level} r:@var{radius}
+Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by @var{radius}.  The circle is painted with the gray level
+specified by @var{level}.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to white, with
+decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full black.  This
+command does not draw a line along the circumference.  The drawing size
+is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+@findex \lellip
+@item \lellip rx:@var{x-radius} ry:@var{y-radius}
+Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius in the
+@var{x} direction is specified by @var{x-radius}.  The radius in the
+@var{y} direction is specified by @var{y-radius}.  The drawing size is
+increased if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+@findex \fellip
+@item \fellip f:@var{level} rx:@var{x-radius} ry:@var{y-radius}
+Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+in the @var{x} direction is specified by @var{x-radius}.  The radius in
+the @var{y} direction is specified by @var{y-radius}.  The ellipse is
+painted with the gray level specified by @var{level}.  A gray level of 1
+corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level
+0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along the boundary
+of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain
+the ellipse.
+@findex \arc
+@item \larc r:@var{radius} sd:@var{start-angle} ed:@var{end-angle}
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the current
+position.  The radius is specified by @var{radius}.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by @var{start-angle} and
+@var{end-angle}.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+drawing.
+@end table
+
+As an example, the following commands draw a filled circle, and
+superimpose an arc.
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+  \linewd 0.02
+  \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+  \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+  \lvec (+0.707 +0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \linewd 0.02
+  \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+  \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+  \lvec ( 0.707  0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+}
+@end tex
+
+Note that for the arc command, the resulting figure can spill outside of
+the @TeX{}draw box as determined by the maximum excursions of the
+coordinates.  Extra moves can be used to compensate for the size of the
+arc.
+
+@node Bezier curves, Fill commands, Circles and arcs, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Bezier curves
+@cindex Bezier curves
+@cindex curves
+
+Bezier curves in @TeX{}draw use 4 reference coordinates, two as the end
+points and two others to control the shape of the curve.  Let the 4
+points be @code{(@var{x0} @var{y0})}, @code{(@var{x1} @var{y1})},
+@code{(@var{x2} @var{y2})} and @code{(@var{x3} @var{y3})}.  The curve
+starts out tangent to the line joining the first two points and ends up
+tangent to the line joining the second two points.  The control points
+``pull'' at the curve to control the curvature.  The amount of pull
+increases with the distance of the control point from the endpoint.
+
+@tex
+As the parameter $\mu$ varies from 0 to 1, the coordinates of the Bezier
+curve are given by a pair of parametric cubic equations,
+$$
+\def\x #1{\hbox{\sl x#1}}
+\def\y #1{\hbox{\sl y#1}}
+\eqalign{
+ \x{}(\mu) &= (1-\mu)^3 \x0 + 3\mu(1-\mu)^2 \x1 + 3\mu^2(1-\mu) \x2 + \mu^3 \x3 \cr
+ \y{}(\mu) &= (1-\mu)^3 \y0 + 3\mu(1-\mu)^2 \y1 + 3\mu^2(1-\mu) \y2 + \mu^3 \y3\ . \cr}
+$$
+@end tex
+@ifinfo
+As the parameter u varies from 0 to 1, the coordinates of the Bezier
+curve are given by a pair of parametric cubic equations,
+
+@noindent
+x(u) = (1-u)^3 x0  + 3u (1-u)^2 x1  + 3u^2 (1-u) x2  + u^3 x3
+@noindent
+y(u) = (1-u)^3 y0  + 3u (1-u)^2 y1  + 3u^2 (1-u) y2  + u^3 y3 .
+
+@end ifinfo
+
+
+@table @code
+@findex \clvec
+@item \clvec (@var{x1} @var{y1})(@var{x2} @var{y2})(@var{x3} @var{y3})
+Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x3} @var{y3})} which becomes the new current position.  The
+coordinates @code{(@var{x1} @var{y1})} and @code{(@var{x2} @var{y2})}
+serve as control points for the curve.  Only the last coordinate given
+is used to update the size of the drawing.
+@end table
+@noindent
+Note that only 3 coordinate pairs are specified.  The other point is the
+current position before the @code{\clvec} command is executed.  Only the
+last coordinate specified in the @code{\clvec} command is used to
+determine the extent of the drawing.  While the Bezier curve passes
+through the old current position and the new current position, in
+general the curve will not reach the intermediate control points.  The
+curve is always entirely enclosed by the convex quadrilateral defined by
+the two end points and the two control points.  Note that the curve may
+pass outside the limits of the drawing as determined by the end point of
+the curve.
+
+A simple Bezier curve is produced by the following example.
+@example
+@group
+\btexdraw
+  \move (0 0)
+  \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+\etexdraw
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@iftex
+This example is the rightmost of the following Bezier curves.  The
+drawings also show the end points and the control points for each curve.
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+  \def\Ldot #1{\bdot \Ltext{#1}}
+  \def\Rdot #1{\bdot \Rtext{#1}}
+  \move (-2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move (0 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0}  \lvec (0.5 0.8) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1.5 0.8) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0.5 1)(1.5 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move ( 2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+  \esegment
+}
+@end tex
+@end iftex
+
+@node Fill commands, , Bezier curves, TeXdraw Commands
+@section Fill commands
+@cindex filling regions
+@cindex painting regions
+@cindex paths
+
+PostScript deals with paths consisting of line segments.  The paths can
+be closed and the interior of the closed region filled.  From
+@TeX{}draw, paths start with a @code{\move} or @code{\rmove} command and
+continue with @code{\lvec}, @code{\rlvec} or @code{\clvec} commands.
+The @TeX{}draw fill commands close the path and fill the interior of the
+closed region.  Closing the path means that effectively another
+@code{\lvec} line is drawn from the last point specified to the initial
+point.  @TeX{}draw provides two forms of the fill command.  The
+@code{\ifill} fills the interior of the region with the given gray
+level.  The lines defining the path are not drawn.  The @code{\lfill}
+command fills the region defined by the closed path and draws a line
+along the enclosing path.  Note for both forms of the fill command, the
+gray level used for filling is opaque, even if the gray level is chosen
+to be white.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \lfill
+@item \lfill f:@var{level}
+Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the current
+grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region with specified
+gray level @var{level}.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+@findex \ifill
+@item \ifill f:@var{level}
+Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with gray
+level @var{level}.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray levels
+are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1
+(white).
+@end table
+
+The following example draws a ``flag'' with the interior filled in.  The
+path around the boundary is given in a clockwise order to define a
+closed path.  We could take advantage of the fact that the fill command
+will close an open path to eliminate one of the @code{\lvec} commands.
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+\move (0.5 0)
+\lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+\lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+\lfill f:0.8
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\move (0.5 0)
+\lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+\lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+\lfill f:0.8
+}
+@end tex
+
+In @TeX{}draw, the @code{\move} command always terminates any previous
+paths and starts a new path.  Commands that change line parameters
+(e.g@.  @code{\setgray} or @code{\lpatt}) also terminate paths and start
+new paths.  The circle, ellipse and arc commands do not affect the
+definition of the current path.  The @code{\avec} command is not
+appropriate for defining a path to be filled.  It ends a subpath at its
+tail and begins a new subpath at its tip.  Filling a region defined by a
+path with subpaths is more complicated in that each subpath is closed
+before filling.
+
+
+@node Drawing Segments and Scaling, Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, TeXdraw Commands, Top
+@chapter Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+@TeX{}draw provides individually scaled segments which can be used to
+create relocatable drawing modules.
+
+@menu
+* Drawing segments::
+* Drawing paths::
+* Saving positions::
+* Scaling coordinates::
+* Drawing size::
+* Initial current position::
+@end menu
+
+@node Drawing segments, Drawing paths, , Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Drawing segments
+@cindex segments
+@cindex drawing segments
+
+A @TeX{}draw drawing segment allows for local modifications of
+parameters and relative positioning.  A @TeX{}draw segment is delimited
+by a @code{\bsegment} command and an @code{\esegment} command.  Inside
+the segment, the initial current position is @code{(0 0)}.  Any changes
+to parameters such as the gray level and the line width, remain local to
+the segment.  Segments are implemented in @TeX{} using a
+@code{\begingroup} and @code{\endgroup}.  Segments can be nested.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \bsegment
+@item \bsegment
+Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such that the
+current position corresponds to the coordinate @code{(0 0)}.  Changes to
+scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the drawing segment.
+@findex \esegment
+@item \esegment
+End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+corresponding @code{\bsegment} command is restored.  The scaling and
+line parameter values revert to those in effect before the corresponding
+@code{\bsegment} command was invoked.
+@end table
+
+@node Drawing paths, Saving positions, Drawing segments, Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Drawing paths
+@cindex fill operations, interaction with drawing segments
+@cindex paths
+@cindex stroking lines
+Certain subtle interactions occur between drawing segments and fill
+operations.  In PostScript, lines are drawn by first defining a path,
+then later stroking the path to draw the line.  In @TeX{}draw, this
+stroking occurs when the line is terminated, say by a @code{\move}
+command.  PostScript paths are interrupted by, but continue after a
+drawing segment.  This means that a path started before a segment may
+not be stroked (drawn) until after the segment ends.  Consider the
+following example.
+@example
+@group
+\move (0 0)
+\lvec (1 1)
+\bsegment
+  \move (-0.25 -0.25)
+  \fcir f:0.8 r:0.5
+\esegment
+\move (0 0)
+@end group
+@end example
+A PostScript path is started at @code{(0 0)} and continues with a line
+to @code{(1 1)}.  This path is interrupted by the segment.  The filled
+circle is drawn next.  After the segment, the path continues and is not
+stroked until the @code{\move (0 0)} command after the end of the
+segment.  This means that the line appears on top of the filled region.
+
+If the fill operation is to cover the line, the path must be stroked
+before the fill operation.  From @TeX{}draw, the move commands
+@code{\move} and @code{\rmove}, and the end @TeX{}draw command
+@code{\etexdraw} terminate a path and cause it to be stroked.  Within a
+segment, the end segment command @code{\esegment} also terminates and
+strokes a path.  In the example above, the line can be stroked by
+inserting a move command (such as a @code{\rmove (0 0)} which does not
+affect the position), before the start of the segment.
+
+@node Saving positions, Scaling coordinates, Drawing paths, Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Saving positions
+@cindex saving positions
+@cindex positions, saving
+@cindex coordinate, symbolic
+@cindex symbolic coordinate
+
+The @code{\savecurrpos} command saves the current position.  The saved
+position is an absolute position, not one relative to a segment.  The
+position saving mechanism is global; the position can be saved within a
+nested segment and then used outside of the segment.  The @var{x} and
+@var{y} coordinates of the position are saved separately as named
+coordinates.  The names are of the form @code{*@var{name}}, with the
+leading @code{*} being obligatory.  A companion command,
+@code{\savepos}, saves a given coordinate (relative to the current
+segment) as an absolute symbolic position.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \savecurrpos
+@item \savecurrpos (*@var{px} *@var{py})
+Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+@code{(*@var{px} *@var{py})}.
+@findex \savepos
+@item \savepos (@var{x} @var{y})(*@var{px} *@var{py})
+Save the coordinate position @code{(@var{x} @var{y})} as the absolute
+position referenced by @code{(*@var{px} *@var{py})}.  The coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})} is interpreted in the normal fashion as a
+coordinate relative to the current segment, using the current scaling
+factors and drawing unit.
+@end table
+
+The symbolic names used to specify a saved position can consist of any
+characters that are not special to @TeX{}, but must start with a
+@code{*} character.  The symbolic names can be used as the @var{x}
+and/or @var{y} coordinate in any command that needs a coordinate.
+Symbolic coordinates are not normally used with relative motion commands
+such as @code{\rlvec} or @code{\rmove}.  If used with relative motion,
+the corresponding displacement is equal to the symbolic coordinate
+value.
+
+On exit from a segment, the position and graphics state on entry is
+restored.  Any changes to line types, scaling and position are
+discarded.  However, it is sometimes useful alter the position on exit
+from a segment.  The @code{\savepos} command allows for the saving of a
+position within the segment.  This position can be restored after the
+@code{\esegment} with a @code{\move} command using the saved symbolic
+position.  This approach can be used to build modules which operate in a
+manner analogous to the basic relative motion line vector commands.
+
+The following example defines a macro which draws a box 0.75 inches wide
+by 0.5 inches high containing centered text.  On leaving the macro the
+position will be set at a point on the righthand side of the box.
+@example
+@group
+\def\tbox #1@{\bsegment
+               \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+               \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+               \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0)@{#1@}
+               \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+             \esegment
+             \move (*ex *ey)@}
+@end group
+@end example
+With this definition, we can treat @code{\tbox} in the same way as the
+basic vector commands, stringing them together to form a block diagram
+as in this example.
+@example
+@group
+\centertexdraw@{
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox@{$H(z)$@} \ravec (1 0)
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@tex
+\def\tbox #1{\bsegment
+               \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+               \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+               \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+               \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+             \esegment
+             \move (*ex *ey)}
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+}
+@end tex
+
+@node Scaling coordinates, Drawing size, Saving positions, Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Scaling coordinates
+@cindex scaling coordinates
+@cindex relative scaling
+@cindex segment scale
+@cindex unit scale
+
+There are two scale factors available, the unit scale factor and the
+segment scale factor.  The overall scale factor is the product of these
+two.  There are absolute and relative versions of commands to change
+these scale factors.
+
+The unit scale factor is normally used to affect global scale changes.
+Changes to the unit scale factor remains local to a segment, but
+propagate to inferior segments.  The default value is unity.
+
+The segment scale factor is used for local scale changes.  It remains
+local to a segment.  The segment scale factor is reset to unity on entry
+into each segment.  This means that changes to the segment scale factor
+do not propagate to inferior segments.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \setunitscale
+@item \setunitscale @var{scale}
+Set the unit scaling to @var{scale}.  The argument @var{scale} is a real
+number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scaling
+factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale
+factor.
+@findex \relunitscale
+@item \relunitscale @var{value}
+Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by @var{value}.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same factor.
+The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and
+the segment scale factor.
+@findex \setsegscale
+@item \setsegscale @var{scale}
+Set the segment scale factor.  The argument @var{scale} is a real number
+which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale factor is
+the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+@findex \relsegscale
+@item \relsegscale @var{value}
+Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by @var{value}.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the same
+factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale
+factor and the segment scale factor.
+@end table
+
+In addition to the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor, the
+scaling can be controlled by the choice of drawing units with the
+command @code{\drawdim} (@pxref{Coordinate specification}).
+
+@table @code
+@item \drawdim cm \setunitscale 2.54
+Set the units to centimetres scaled by 2.54.  Together these commands
+are effectively the same as @code{\drawdim in}.
+@end table
+
+The segment scale can be used to allow scale changes in segments so that
+values are in more convenient units.  For example suppose dimensions in
+a segment are multiples of one third of an inch.  The segment scale can
+be set once to make 1 drawing unit equal 0.3333 inches.  From that point
+on, coordinates can be specified with integer values.
+
+The following example defines a macro to draw a rectangular box which is
+twice as wide as it is high.  The width is specified as an argument.
+@example
+@group
+\def\mybox #1@{\bsegment
+                \setsegscale #1
+                \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (1 +0.25) \lvec (1 -0.25)
+                \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+              \esegment@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@node Drawing size, Initial current position, Scaling coordinates, Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Drawing size
+@cindex size of the drawing
+
+The effective size of the drawing is determined by the maximum
+excursions of the coordinates supplied to @TeX{}draw commands.  The
+minimum and maximum scaled @var{x} and @var{y} coordinates are tallied.
+Note that @code{\move} commands contribute to the determination of the
+calculated size of the drawing, even though they do not generate visible
+lines.  The circle and ellipse commands add a compensation for the radii
+of circles and ellipses.  The final @TeX{}draw drawing is placed in a
+@TeX{} box with lower lefthand corner corresponding to
+@code{(}@var{x}-min @var{y}-min@code{)} and upper righthand corner at
+@code{(}@var{x}-max @var{y}-max@code{)}.
+
+Text generated by @code{\htext}, @code{\vtext} or @code{\rtext} can
+spill outside the box as determined above.  Only the text reference
+point is guaranteed to be in the drawing box.  Arcs can also spill
+outside the drawing box.  Note also that the widths of lines, and the
+sizes of arrowheads do not affect the size of the drawing.  The
+calculated size of the drawing will never be larger than the actual size
+of the drawing.  In extreme cases in which text or lines extend far
+outside the drawing, extra @code{\move} commands should be used to
+establish the size of the drawing so that the @TeX{}draw box includes
+all of the drawing.
+
+@TeX{}draw provides the @code{\drawbb} command to draw a box which
+indicates the effective size of the drawing.  Whenever @code{\drawbb} is
+invoked, a ruled box is drawn around the drawing as it has been sized up
+to that point.  Normally @code{\drawbb} is invoked just before the end
+of a drawing to indicate the effective size of the final drawing.
+
+@table @code
+@findex \drawbb
+@item \drawbb
+Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+@TeX{}draw commands.
+@end table
+
+@node Initial current position, , Drawing size, Drawing Segments and Scaling
+@section Initial current position
+@cindex current position
+@cindex initial current position
+
+The first operation in a drawing should be a move to establish the
+current position.  The current position can be established explicitly
+through a @code{\move} command or a text positioning command such as
+@code{\htext} with a coordinate.  However, if an attempt is made to use
+a drawing command which needs a current position and none has been
+established, @TeX{}draw implicitly sets the initial current position to
+@code{(0 0)}.  The size of the @TeX{}draw figure is normally determined
+from the sequence of coordinates specified, but will include the
+implicit initial position in case another initial position has not been
+explicitly specified.
+
+@node Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, More Details, Drawing Segments and Scaling, Top
+@chapter Using @TeX{}draw with La@TeX{}
+@cindex accessing @TeX{}draw
+@cindex invoking @TeX{}draw
+@cindex La@TeX{}
+@cindex @code{texdraw} package
+
+The La@TeX{} typesetting system uses a structured approach to declaring
+typesetting environments.  For La@TeX{}2e, the @code{texdraw} package
+defines the @code{texdraw} environment.  The @TeX{}draw environment is
+started with a @code{\begin@{texdraw@}} command and terminated with an
+@code{\end@{texdraw@}} command.  All of the basic @TeX{}draw commands
+can be used within the @code{texdraw} environment.
+
+As an example, a La@TeX{}2e variant of an earlier example can be
+constructed as follows.
+@example
+@group
+\documentclass@{article@}
+\usepackage@{texdraw@}
+ ...
+\begin@{document@}
+ ...
+\newcommand@{\tbox@}[1]@{%
+   \bsegment
+     \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+     \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+     \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0)@{#1@}
+     \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+   \esegment
+   \move (*ex *ey)@}
+\begin@{center@}
+\begin@{texdraw@}
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox@{$H(z)$@} \ravec (1 0)
+\end@{texdraw@}
+\end@{center@}
+ ...
+\end@{document@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+This example illustrates the use of the La@TeX{} command
+@code{\newcommand} as an alternative to the plain @TeX{} command
+@code{\def}.  Instead of the basic @TeX{}draw command
+@code{\centertexdraw}, a nested combination of the La@TeX{} centering
+environment and the @TeX{}draw environment is used.
+
+@menu
+* PostScript printer drivers::
+@end menu
+
+@node PostScript printer drivers, , , Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
+@section PostScript printer drivers
+@cindex printer drivers
+@cindex PostScript printer drivers
+
+@cindex @code{graphics} package
+The @code{texdraw} package uses the printer driver interface provided by
+the standard La@TeX{}2e @code{graphics} package.  Any options to the
+@code{texdraw} package are passed to the @code{graphics} package.
+Specifically, the name of the PostScript driver to be used can be
+specified as an option to the @code{texdraw} package.  With no explicit
+printer driver option, the default printer driver associated with the
+@code{graphics} package is used.
+
+@cindex @code{dvips} printer driver
+@cindex @code{xdvi} driver
+@cindex @code{dvi2ps} printer driver
+@cindex @code{dvialw} printer driver
+@cindex @code{dvilaser} printer driver
+@cindex @code{dvipsone} printer driver
+@cindex @code{dviwindo} printer driver
+@cindex @code{dvitops} printer driver
+@cindex @code{oztex} printer driver
+@cindex @code{psprint} driver
+@cindex @code{textures} printer driver
+@cindex @code{pctexps} printer driver
+@cindex @code{pctexwin} printer driver
+@cindex rotated text
+@cindex text rotation
+The @code{texdraw} package can be used with any of the printer drivers
+supported by the @code{graphics} package that allow for the importation
+of PostScript graphics files, viz., @code{dvips}, @code{xdvi},
+@code{dvi2ps}, @code{dvialw}, @code{dvilaser}, @code{dvipsone},
+@code{dviwindo}, @code{dvitops}, @code{oztex}, @code{psprint},
+@code{textures}, @code{pctexps}, and @code{pctexwin}.  Not all of these
+drivers support the text rotation needed for the @TeX{}draw commands
+@code{\vtext} and @code{\rtext}.  Of the drivers listed above, only the
+following support support text rotation: @code{dvips}, @code{xdvi},
+@code{dvi2ps}, @code{dvitops}, @code{textures}, and @code{pctexps}.
+
+
+@node More Details, PostScript Commands, Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, Top
+@chapter More Details
+
+The first part of this chapter offers some suggestions for strategies to
+isolate errors in @TeX{} and @TeX{}draw input.  The second part of this
+chapter discusses implementational issues.  An awareness of these issues
+is useful if @TeX{}draw is to be extended.
+
+@menu
+* Errors while using TeXdraw::
+* Extending TeXdraw::
+* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
+@end menu
+
+@node Errors while using TeXdraw, Extending TeXdraw, , More Details
+@section Errors while using @TeX{}draw
+@cindex problems while using @TeX{}draw
+@cindex errors while using @TeX{}draw
+
+@TeX{} input is notoriously difficult to debug.  If @TeX{} reports
+errors, so much the better.  If the cause is not immediately obvious,
+consider using a binary search strategy, removing sections of code with
+the premature insertion of the @code{\bye} (or @code{\end@{document@}}
+for La@TeX{}) command (with the appropriate closing of any open groups
+and the like).  Other strategies include the insertion of
+@code{\message@{I am here@}} at appropriate places.  Try using
+@code{\tracingmacros=1}.  Many problems turn out to be due to an
+incorrect number of macro arguments or incorrectly delimited macro
+arguments.  The @code{\tracingmacros=1} option writes the macro
+arguments and macro expansions to the @TeX{} log file.
+
+Certain errors may not manifest themselves until well after the
+offending command.  For instance, if a closing parenthesis is missing
+from a @TeX{}draw coordinate, @TeX{} continues searching for the
+parenthesis.  If one is found, perhaps many lines later, the @TeX{}draw
+error message @code{invalid coordinate} will be printed at this later
+point.
+
+All input in the @TeX{}draw environment should be intended for
+interpretation by @TeX{}draw commands.  @TeX{}draw places text inside a
+zero size box (the text itself extends outside the box).  Extraneous
+input manifests itself as a non-zero size @TeX{}draw text box. This
+causes the @TeX{}draw text and the PostScript graphics to be displaced
+from one another.  An error message is issued if a non-zero width
+@TeX{}draw text box is detected.  If this error message appears, look
+for unintended character sequences amongst the commands to @TeX{}draw.
+
+Several @TeX{}draw commands pass their arguments ``raw'' to the
+PostScript file.  That means that invalid arguments can generate
+PostScript errors when the document is printed.  For instance the
+argument of the @code{\setgray} command is passed straight through to
+the PostScript file.  If this argument is non-numeric, a PostScript
+error results.  Not all PostScript printers report errors back to the
+user.  The print may just stop prematurely.  One approach to debugging
+is to use a PostScript previewer on a workstation. That way, one can
+determine at which point in the drawing the PostScript error occurs.
+
+@node Extending TeXdraw, How TeXdraw merges graphics and text, Errors while using TeXdraw, More Details
+@section Extending @TeX{}draw
+@cindex implementation
+
+@TeX{}draw is implemented using a combination of @TeX{} commands and
+PostScript code.  This section discusses some of the implementational
+issues as they relate to extending @TeX{}draw.
+
+@TeX{}draw as implemented, offers a basic set of drawing features.
+These are adequate for certain tasks such as producing block diagrams.
+There are different approaches to extending @TeX{}draw to include other
+functions.  In some cases, the desired functionality can be achieved by
+writing a @TeX{} macro which builds on top of the existing @TeX{}draw
+commands.  As these extensions become more complex, the limitations of
+@TeX{} for computations become increasingly evident.  In other cases,
+access to different features of PostScript is desired.  The appropriate
+approach would be to write new PostScript procedures which can be
+accessed by @TeX{} macros.
+
+Included with @TeX{}draw is a set of macros for directly accessing
+PostScript functions.  These are described in an appendix
+(@pxref{PostScript Commands}).
+
+@TeX{}draw also comes with a toolbox of routines for handling much of
+the user interface, converting between different coordinate
+representations and the like.  The macros for coordinate decoding and
+for computations involving coordinates are described in an appendix
+(@pxref{TeXdraw Toolbox, , @TeX{}draw Toolbox}).
+
+@menu
+* Scaling::
+* Resolution::
+* Text placement::
+* Intermediate PostScript file::
+@end menu
+
+@node Scaling, Resolution, , Extending TeXdraw
+@subsection Scaling
+@cindex scaling
+
+The scaling commands provided in @TeX{}draw are designed to affect only
+the coordinate values specified in commands.  For instance, changing the
+@code{\setunitscale} value changes the interpretation of the coordinate
+in an @code{\avec (@var{x} @var{y})} command, but does not change the
+line width or arrowhead sizes in effect.  None of the @TeX{}draw scaling
+commands affect the size of @TeX{} text produced by, for instance, the
+@code{\htext} command.  Scale changes will however affect the
+positioning of text for subsequent commands.
+
+The line parameters are changed only if the corresponding commands to
+change them are issued.  If the @code{\linewd} command is given, the
+current coordinate scaling is used to determine the line width.  To
+achieve a behaviour more like a global scaling, whenever the scale
+factor is changed, the line parameters should be set again.
+
+@node Resolution, Text placement, Scaling, Extending TeXdraw
+@subsection Resolution
+@cindex resolution
+
+@TeX{}draw scales coordinates before passing them to PostScript.
+Keeping track of the coordinate scaling is necessary, in any event, to
+allow @TeX{}draw to compute the maximum excursions of the coordinates.
+@TeX{}draw uses pixel units in its PostScript code.  One pixel unit is
+equal to 1/300 of an inch.  @TeX{}draw issues PostScript commands with
+integer valued pixel coordinates.  This sets the positioning resolution
+for @TeX{}draw.  The passing of integer valued coordinates which
+correspond to the device resolution keeps lines aligned with the device
+grid; parallel lines of the same width will be rendered with the same
+width.
+
+The position saving mechanism in @TeX{}draw (@pxref{Saving positions})
+associates the pixel coordinates of a position with the specified name.
+
+@TeX{}draw uses the limited real number representation provided by
+@TeX{}.  These operations are based on the representation of dimensions
+as real-valued numbers of points.  Internally in @TeX{}, dimensions are
+stored 32-bit values, normalized so that 1 pt corresponds to the scaled
+point (sp) value of 65536.  Dimensions with magnitudes between 0.000015
+pt and 32767 pt can be represented.  This is also the dynamic range of
+the @TeX{}draw pixel coordinates passed to PostScript.  @TeX{}draw must
+convert from user supplied coordinates using the scaling factor (which
+itself consists of two components, the unit scale and the segment scale)
+and a pixel conversion factor.  The use of limited precision real
+numbers in these computations can cause accumulation of error when
+relative scaling is used repeatedly.
+
+@node Text placement, Intermediate PostScript file, Resolution, Extending TeXdraw
+@subsection Text placement
+
+While in the @TeX{}draw environment, @TeX{} text is placed in a @TeX{}
+box while PostScript code is written to the intermediate file.  At the
+end of the @TeX{}draw environment, the size of the drawing is
+determined.  A @TeX{} box of this size is created.  The @TeX{}
+@code{\special} mechanism is used to instruct the PostScript driver
+program to position the PostScript drawing from the intermediate file in
+this area.  Next, the text generated by @TeX{}draw is positioned and
+placed in the box.  Note that when the document is printed, the
+PostScript drawing is placed on the page before the @TeX{} text; @TeX{}
+text will appear on top of graphics.
+
+@cindex rotated text
+@cindex text rotation
+The rotation of text is carried out with in-line PostScript code which
+does not appear in the intermediate PostScript file.  This code is sent
+to the PostScript driver with a @code{\special} command.  This
+PostScript code is embedded in the dvi (device independent) file that
+@TeX{} produces.
+
+@node Intermediate PostScript file, , Text placement, Extending TeXdraw
+@subsection The intermediate PostScript file
+@cindex Encapsulated PostScript File
+
+The intermediate PostScript file consists of a header, a body and a
+trailer following Encapsulated PostScript File (EPSF) standards.  The
+header sets up PostScript definitions and default parameter values.  The
+trailer includes the @code{BoundingBox} information which gives the
+coordinates in default PostScript units (72 per inch) for the lower
+lefthand corner and the upper righthand corner of the drawing.  The body
+of the intermediate PostScript file contains the PostScript commands
+generated by @TeX{}draw.
+
+Many moves in @TeX{}draw serve only to position text or to reset saved
+positions.  @TeX{}draw buffers move commands in order to be able to
+collapse runs of moves.  Only the last move of a run of moves is
+actually written to the PostScript file.  However the intermediate moves
+still affect the size of the drawing.  The expunging of moves means that
+the PostScript file @code{BoundingBox} information may indicate a drawing size
+larger than the PostScript commands themselves would warrant.
+
+Drawing segments in @TeX{}draw show up in the PostScript file as saves
+and restores of the PostScript graphics state.  Segment starts are
+buffered and only written out if necessary.  This way ``empty'' segments
+do not generate output to the PostScript file.  These empty segments
+arise if a segment contains only moves and text commands.  The moves
+inside the segment are not needed since they are local to the segment,
+and the text commands do not generate output to the PostScript file.
+
+If @TeX{}draw is used only for moves and text, no intermediate
+PostScript file will be created.
+
+@node How TeXdraw merges graphics and text, , Extending TeXdraw, More Details
+@section How @TeX{}draw merges graphics and text
+@cindex graphics placement
+@cindex text placement
+@cindex placement of graphics and text
+
+@TeX{}draw creates a box which is the same size as the graphic.  The
+printer driver will place the PostScript graphic into this space.  Any
+@TeX{} text generated by the @TeX{}draw commands will be superimposed on
+this graphic.
+
+@cindex @code{texdraw} package
+@cindex @code{graphics} package
+The La@TeX{}2e front-end for @TeX{}draw is enabled by including the
+@code{texdraw} package.  The @code{texdraw} package automatically
+invokes the standard @code{graphics} package distributed with
+La@TeX{}2e.  The @code{graphics} package has support for a number of
+different printer drivers, including a number for PostScript printers.
+Any options to the @code{texdraw} package are passed on to the
+@code{graphics} package.  Such an option can be used to select a driver
+other than the default one.
+
+@cindex PostScript printer drivers
+@cindex printer drivers
+@cindex @code{dvips} printer driver
+@cindex rotated text
+@cindex text rotation
+Within the @code{graphics} package, the driver option is used to select
+definitions for the low-level macros which generate the @code{\special}
+commands needed to request insertion of a graphics file and to rotate
+text.@footnote{Not all PostScript drivers support text rotation.}
+@TeX{}draw uses the user-level macros defined by the @code{graphics}
+package (@pxref{PostScript printer drivers}).  When not used with the
+La@TeX{}2e front-end, @TeX{}draw defines versions of these macros that
+are suitable for use with the @code{dvips} printer driver.
+
+@node PostScript Commands, TeXdraw Toolbox, More Details, Top
+@appendix PostScript Commands
+@cindex PostScript commands
+
+This appendix describes a set of macros for accessing some of the
+PostScript builtin functions.  Each of these macros issues a single
+PostScript command.  The extra services provided by @TeX{}draw are the
+interpretation of coordinates in user units relative to the current
+drawing segment and the writing of a pending @TeX{}draw move to the
+PostScript file.  This last operation establishes the current point in
+PostScript.  The user of these commands should be familiar with the
+concepts of path construction and filling in PostScript.  Further
+details on the PostScript functions used can found in the
+@cite{PostScript Language Reference Manual, Second Edition}, Adobe
+Systems, Addison-Wesley, 1990.
+
+These macros are distributed in file @file{txdps.tex}.
+
+The @code{\PSsetlinecap} and @code{\PSsetlinejoin} commands control the
+way line ends and line joins are rendered.  The default values set by
+@TeX{}draw (round caps and round join) are appropriate for most
+drawings.  Changes to these parameters apply to the current and
+subsequent paths.
+
+@cindex line cap
+@cindex line join
+@table @code
+@findex setlinecap
+@findex \PSsetlinecap
+@item \PSsetlinecap @var{type}
+Set the line cap parameter.  The value @code{0} gives a butt cap;
+@code{1} gives a round cap; and @code{2} gives a projecting square cap.
+The initial value is corresponds to a round cap.
+@findex setlinejoin
+@findex \PSsetlinejoin
+@item \PSsetlinejoin @var{type}
+Set the line join parameter.  The value @code{0} gives a miter join;
+@code{1} gives a round join; and @code{2} gives a bevel join.  The
+initial value corresponds to a round join.
+@end table
+
+@cindex stroking lines
+@cindex filling regions
+@cindex paths
+@cindex current position in PostScript
+PostScript paths and fill operations can be controlled by a number of
+functions.  By design, @TeX{}draw always maintains a defined PostScript
+current point.  Some of the following macros cause the PostScript
+current point to become undefined.  The PostScript current point must be
+set again (say with a @code{\PSmoveto} command) before invoking basic
+@TeX{}draw commands.
+@table @code
+@findex stroke
+@findex \PSstroke
+@item \PSstroke
+Stroke a PostScript path.  The current path is stroked with the current
+gray level (set with @code{\setgray}) and the current line pattern (set
+with @code{\lpatt}).  The PostScript current point becomes undefined.
+@findex newpath
+@findex \PSnewpath
+@item \PSnewpath
+Establish a new path.  The PostScript current point becomes undefined.
+@findex closepath
+@findex \PSclosepath
+@item \PSclosepath
+Close a subpath.  A new subpath is started.
+@findex fill
+@findex \PSfill
+@item \PSfill
+Fill a region defined by a path.  Each subpath is closed and the
+enclosed regions painted with the current gray level.  The PostScript
+current point becomes undefined.  The gray level can be set with the
+@TeX{}draw command @code{\setgray}.
+@end table
+
+The following line commands interpret coordinates relative to the
+current @TeX{}draw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified
+coordinate affects the drawing size as determined by @TeX{}draw.
+@cindex lines
+@cindex moves
+@table @code
+@findex lineto
+@findex \PSlineto
+@item \PSlineto (@var{x} @var{y})
+Add a line segment to the current path.  This command is identical to
+the @TeX{}draw command @code{\lvec}.  The PostScript current point must
+be defined before this command is issued.
+@findex moveto
+@findex \PSmoveto
+@item \PSmoveto (@var{x} @var{y})
+Move to the coordinate specified by @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The
+PostScript current point becomes defined.
+@end table
+
+The following macros provide access to the general arc commands in
+PostScript.  The coordinates are interpreted relative to the current
+@TeX{}draw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified coordinate
+affects the drawing size as determined by @TeX{}draw.
+@cindex arcs
+@table @code
+@findex arc
+@findex \PSarc
+@item \PSarc r:@var{radius} sd:@var{start-angle} ed:@var{end-angle} (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given
+position.  The radius is specified by @var{radius}.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by @var{start-angle} and
+@var{end-angle}.  If the PostScript current point is defined, this
+command also draws the line from the current point to the beginning of
+the arc.  The line and arc become part of the current path. The current
+point becomes defined.
+@findex arcn
+@findex \PSarcn
+@item \PSarcn r:@var{radius} sd:@var{start-angle} ed:@var{end-angle} (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a clockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given position.
+The radius is specified by @var{radius}.  The start and end angles (in
+degrees) are specified by @var{start-angle} and @var{end-angle}.  If the
+PostScript current point is defined, this command also draws the line
+from the current point to the beginning of the arc.  The line and arc
+become part of the current path.  The current point becomes defined.
+@end table
+
+The macro @code{\writeps} provides the general facility to write
+arbitrary PostScript commands to the PostScript file.  This macro is
+used by the preceding commands and by the @TeX{}draw commands
+themselves.  This facility has to be used with care since changes in
+position or scaling resulting from the PostScript commands are not known
+to @TeX{}draw.
+@table @code
+@findex \writeps
+@item \writeps @{@var{<ps-commands>}@}
+Write PostScript commands to the intermediate PostScript file.  Before
+the commands are inserted, any pending @TeX{}draw move is written to the
+PostScript file.  The PostScript scaling gives 300 units/inch.
+@end table
+
+
+@node TeXdraw Toolbox, Examples, PostScript Commands, Top
+@appendix @TeX{}draw Toolbox
+
+This appendix describes some of the macros supplied with @TeX{}draw
+which can be used to define additional commands for creating drawings.
+The macros described here work in the user specified coordinate system.
+Some of these toolbox macros are used by the @TeX{}draw commands
+themselves, others are supplied in an auxiliary file
+@file{txdtools.tex}.
+
+@menu
+* Coordinate parsing::
+* Real arithmetic::
+* Arrow curve::
+@end menu
+
+@node Coordinate parsing, Real arithmetic, , TeXdraw Toolbox
+@appendixsec Coordinate parsing
+
+The coordinate parsing macro @code{\getpos} is useful for creating new
+commands.  This macro takes care of stripping leading and trailing
+blanks from coordinates specified between parentheses.  In addition,
+symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding relative
+coordinate using the segment offset and scaling in effect.
+
+The macro @code{\currentpos} returns the relative coordinates of the
+current position.  The returned values are relative to the current
+segment and the current scaling.  The macro @code{\cossin} returns the
+real-valued cosine and sine of the direction of the line joining two
+points.  The macro @code{\vectlen} returns the length of a vector.  The
+results appear as the value of user supplied macro names.
+
+@cindex coordinate parsing
+@cindex current position
+@cindex angle of a vector
+@cindex direction of a line
+@cindex cosine of a vector direction
+@cindex sine of a vector direction
+@cindex length of a vector
+@table @code
+@findex \getpos
+@item \getpos (@var{x} @var{y})\@var{mx}\@var{my}
+Decode coordinate values. The coordinates specified by @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})} are decoded. Symbolic coordinates are translated to the
+corresponding relative coordinate using the current segment offset and
+scaling.  The resulting character strings representing the real-valued
+coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by @code{\@var{mx}} and
+@code{\@var{my}}.
+@findex \currentpos
+@item \currentpos \@var{mx}\@var{my}
+Return the coordinates of the current position.  The coordinates are
+relative to the current segment offset and scaling.  The resulting
+character strings representing the real-valued coordinates are assigned
+to the macros specified by @code{\@var{mx}} and @code{\@var{my}}.
+@findex \cossin
+@item \cossin (@var{x1} @var{y1})(@var{x2} @var{y2})\@var{cosa}\@var{sina}
+Return the cosine and sine of the direction of a vector joining two
+points.  The cosine and sine of the angle of the vector which goes from
+@code{(@var{x1} @var{y1})} to @code{(@var{x2} @var{y2})}.  The character
+strings representing these real-valued quantities are assigned to the
+macros specified by @code{\@var{cosa}} and @code{\@var{sina}}.
+@findex \vectlen
+@item \vectlen (@var{x1} @var{y1})(@var{x2} @var{y2})\@var{len}
+Return the length of a vector joining two points.  The length of the
+vector is relative to the current scaling.  The character string
+representing the real-valued length is assigned to the macro specified
+by @code{\@var{len}}.
+@end table
+
+@node Real arithmetic, Arrow curve, Coordinate parsing, TeXdraw Toolbox
+@appendixsec Real arithmetic
+
+The @TeX{}draw toolbox supplies macros to perform real arithmetic on
+coordinate values.  The result appears as the value of a user supplied
+macro name.
+@table @code
+@findex \realadd
+@item \realadd @{@var{value1}@} @{@var{value2}@} \@var{sum}
+Add two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the sum to the macro @code{\@var{sum}}.
+@findex \realmult
+@item \realmult @{@var{value1}@} @{@var{value2}@} \@var{prod}
+Multiply two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the product to the macro @code{\@var{prod}}.
+@findex \realdiv
+@item \realdiv @{@var{value1}@} @{@var{value2}@} \@var{result}
+Divide two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the result of @var{value1}/@var{value2} to the macro
+@code{\@var{result}}.
+@end table
+
+@node Arrow curve, , Real arithmetic, TeXdraw Toolbox
+@appendixsec Arrow curve
+@cindex example, arrow curve
+
+This example illustrates the use of the @TeX{}draw toolbox routines to
+do computations with the coordinates.  The problem will be tackled in
+two parts.  First, we will produce a macro to place an arrowhead on a
+Bezier curve.  Then given this macro, we will produce a macro which can
+draw a ``wiggly'' line from the current position to a given coordinate.
+
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
+  \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+  \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+  \rmove (0 0) % stroke the Bezier curve
+  \bsegment
+    \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+    \move ({-\cosa} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+  \esegment}
+
+\def\caw (#1 #2){
+  \currentpos \xa\ya
+  \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+
+% The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+% Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
+  \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+
+% calculate the length of the vector
+  \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+
+% draw the curve in normalized units
+  \bsegment
+    \setsegscale {\len}
+    \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+    \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
+  \esegment
+
+  \move (#1 #2)}
+
+% rotate a coordinate (x y)
+% arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+%  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+\def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
+  \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+  \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
+  \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
+
+\centertexdraw{
+  \arrowheadtype t:W
+  \move (0 0)
+  \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+  \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
+  \move (0 1.13) \move (0 -0.04)
+}
+@end tex
+
+The first macro, @code{\cavec}, uses the @code{\cossin} command to
+determine the the cosine and sine of the angle of the line joining the
+second control point to the end point of the Bezier curve.  Recall that
+the Bezier curve is tangent to this line at the end point.  After
+drawing the Bezier curve, the scaling is set locally to absolute units
+of 0.05 inches.  We go back down the line from the end point by 0.05
+inches and draw an arrow vector to the end point from there.  This arrow
+vector is mostly arrowhead, with little or no tail.
+
+@example
+@group
+\def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)@{
+  \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+  \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+  \rmove (0 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+    \move (@{-\cosa@} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+  \esegment@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+Note the use of macros as arguments to a @code{\move} command.  Minus
+signs are put in front of the macros.  However, the value of the macro
+@code{\cosa} or @code{\sina} could be negative.  Fortunately, @TeX{}
+accepts two minus signs in a row and interprets the result as positive.
+Note that the @code{\rmove (0 0)} command before the beginning of the
+segment ensures that the Bezier curve is stroked before the arrowhead is
+drawn.
+
+The second macro @code{\caw} builds on @code{\cavec}.  The goal is to
+produce a wiggly vector that can be used as a pointer in a drawing.
+Consider the following symmetrical normalized Bezier curve.
+@example
+\centertexdraw@{ \move (0 0) \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0) @}
+@end example
+
+This curve has the appropriate wiggle.  Now we want to be able to draw
+this curve, appropriately scaled and rotated.  The macro @code{\caw}
+needs to do computations on the coordinates.  First, @code{\caw} uses
+the macros @code{\getpos} and @code{\currentpos} to get the positions of
+the end and start of the curve.  Next, the length of the vector is
+calculated using the macro @code{\vectlen}.  A local macro
+@code{\rotatecoord} is used to rotate a coordinate pair about the
+origin, using the cosine and sine of the rotation angle.  The vector
+length is used to scale the normalized curve.  The remaining code draws
+the rotated, normalized curve.
+
+@example
+\def\caw (#1 #2)@{
+  \currentpos \xa\ya
+  \cossin (@{\xa@} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+
+% The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+% Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
+  \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+
+% calculate the length of the vector
+  \vectlen (@{\xa@} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+
+% draw the curve in normalized units
+  \bsegment
+    \setsegscale @{\len@}
+    \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+    \cavec (@{\tmpa@} \tmpb)(@{-\du@} -\dv)(@{\cosa@} \sina)
+  \esegment
+  \move (#1 #2)@}
+
+% rotate a coordinate (x y)
+% arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+%  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+\def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6@{
+  \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+  \realmult \xarg @{#3@} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg @{#4@} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa @{-\tmpb@} #5
+  \realmult \xarg @{#4@} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg @{#3@} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6@}
+@end example
+
+Finally, the new macro can be used as follows.
+@example
+\centertexdraw@{
+  \arrowheadtype t:W
+  \move (0 0)
+  \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+  \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext@{tip at \tt (1 1)@}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext@{tip at \tt (2 1)@}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext@{tip at \tt (2 0)@}
+
+@}
+@end example
+
+Note that the Bezier curve in the macro @code{\cavec} lies below the
+arrowhead.  The example then draws an arrowhead of type @code{W} to
+erase the part of the line below the arrowhead.
+
+@node Examples, Command Listing, TeXdraw Toolbox, Top
+@appendix Examples
+@cindex example, block diagram
+
+This appendix shows examples of the use of @TeX{}draw.
+
+@menu
+* Block diagram::
+* Filter response graph::
+* Geometric construction::
+@end menu
+
+@node Block diagram, Filter response graph, , Examples
+@appendixsec Block diagram of a lattice filter
+
+The block diagram of a lattice filter uses a library of extended
+commands built from the basic @TeX{}draw commands.
+
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\bigskip
+\def\delay {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale 0.3
+              \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+              \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+              \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
+              \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+            \esegment
+            \move (*ex *ey)}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T  \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C  \htext (-0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C  \htext (+0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\cradius {0.08}
+\def\pluss {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale {\cradius}
+              \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+              \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+            \esegment}
+\def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
+\def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
+                         \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                         \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
+\def\putwsw #1{\puttext (-1.7 -1.2){#1}}
+\def\putn   #1{\puttext ( 0   +2  ){#1}}
+\def\puts   #1{\puttext ( 0   -2  ){#1}}
+\def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                     \bsegment
+                       \move (*tx *ty)
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \avec (*ex *ey)
+                     \move (#1 #2)}
+\def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \bsegment
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \move ({\cosa} \sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \move (*ex *ey)
+                     \avec (#1 #2)}
+
+\centertexdraw{
+\drawdim in
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
+
+\move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+
+% Input to the first stage
+\bsegment
+  \Ltext{$x(n)$}
+  \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4)
+  \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+  \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% first lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
+  \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% center section
+\bsegment
+  \textref h:C v:C
+  \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% last lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
+\esegment
+}
+\bigskip
+@end tex
+
+The block diagram uses a ``delay'' block.  This is defined as a segment
+which leaves the current position at the end of this block.  A second
+macro, @code{\bdot}, draws a ``big'' dot which is used to mark junctions
+of lines.  The @code{\Ttext} command centers text above a given point.
+The offset to position the text is local to a segment, resulting in no
+change to the current point.  Similar macros to position text below a
+point (@code{\Btext}), to the left of a point (@code{\Ltext}) and to the
+right of a point (@code{\Rtext}) are used in the final drawing.
+@example
+\def\delay @{\bsegment
+              \setsegscale 0.3
+              \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+              \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+              \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0)@{$z^@{-1@}$@}
+              \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+            \esegment
+            \move (*ex *ey)@}
+\def\bdot @{\fcir f:0 r:0.02 @}
+\def\Ttext #1@{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06)@{#1@}
+              \esegment@}
+@end example
+
+Several of the block diagram elements scale with the size of the summing
+nodes.  The radius of the circles for the summing nodes is defined as
+the macro @code{\cradius}.  The summing nodes will have enclosed plus
+signs, appropriately scaled.  The plus sign is drawn by the macro
+@code{\pluss}.  The macro @code{\pcir} draws both the circle and the
+plus sign.  The incoming lines to a summing node will be labelled with
+plus or minus signs (characters this time), placed at the appropriate
+position with respect to the center of the summing node.  These
+positions are given in terms of compass directions.  The macro
+@code{\putwnw} places text west by north-west relative to the center of
+the summing node.
+@example
+\def\cradius @{0.08@}
+\def\pluss @{\bsegment
+               \setsegscale @{\cradius@}
+               \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+               \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+             \esegment@}
+\def\pcir @{\lcir r:@{\cradius@} \pluss@}
+\def\puttext (#1 #2)#3@{\bsegment
+                         \setsegscale @{\cradius@}
+                         \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2)@{#3@}
+                       \esegment@}
+\def\putwnw #1@{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2)@{#1@}@}
+@end example
+
+The block diagram has vectors arriving and departing from the summing
+nodes (circles).  One could calculate the points of intersection of the
+lines with the circles, and then enter the values into the @TeX{}draw
+code.  However, in this example, we implement an automated procedure.
+Two macros are needed, an arrow vector to a circle (@code{\avectoc}) and
+an arrow vector leaving from a circle (@code{\avecfrc}).  The macros
+will calculate the point of intersection with the circle and start or
+end the vector at the intersection point.
+
+The arrow macros use scaling and relative positioning inside of a
+drawing segment.  In the case of the macro @code{\avectoc}, a move is
+made to the final point (center of the circle), then within a drawing
+segment, a scaled move is made back towards the initial point to
+determine the intersection point with the circle.
+
+@example
+\def\avectoc (#1 #2)@{\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin (@{\xa@} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                     \bsegment
+                       \move (*tx *ty)
+                       \setsegscale @{\cradius@}
+                       \rmove (@{-\cosa@} -\sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \avec (*ex *ey)
+                     \move (#1 #2)@}
+\def\avecfrc (#1 #2)@{\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin (@{\xa@} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \bsegment
+                       \setsegscale @{\cradius@}
+                       \move (@{\cosa@} \sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \move (*ex *ey)
+                     \avec (#1 #2)@}
+@end example
+
+Having defined these macros, we are ready to draw the block diagram.
+The first and last sections of the lattice filter are very similar,
+differing mainly in the text labels.  With more effort, code could be
+shared between the commands used to draw these blocks.
+@example
+\centertexdraw@{
+\drawdim in
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\pl @{$\scriptscriptstyle +$@} \def\mn @{$\scriptscriptstyle -$@}
+
+\move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+
+% Input to the first stage
+\bsegment
+  \Ltext@{$x(n)$@}
+  \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4) \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+  \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% first lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw@{\pl@} \puts@{\mn@}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw@{\pl@} \putn@{\mn@}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext @{$f_0(n)$@}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext @{$f_1(n)$@}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext @{$b_0(n)$@}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext @{$b_1(n)$@}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2)@{$K_1$@}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2)@{$K_1$@}
+  \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% center section
+\bsegment
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.3 +0.4)@{$\cdots$@}
+  \htext (0.3 -0.4)@{$\cdots$@}
+  \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% last lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw@{\pl@} \puts@{\mn@}
+  \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext@{$e(n)$@}
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw@{\pl@} \putn@{\mn@}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext @{$f_@{P-1@}(n)$@}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext @{$f_P(n)$@}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext @{$b_@{P-1@}(n)$@}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext @{$b_P(n)$@}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2)@{$K_P$@}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2)@{$K_P$@}
+\esegment
+@}
+@end example
+
+The macros used in this example are similar to the block diagram macros
+defined in the file @file{blockdiagram.tex}.
+
+@node Filter response graph, Geometric construction, Block diagram, Examples
+@appendixsec Filter response graph
+@cindex example, graph
+
+This example shows the response of a canonical filter.  @TeX{}draw is
+not well suited for general purpose graphing --- it has no coordinate
+translation facility nor does it have separate @var{x} and @var{y}
+scaling.  Nonetheless, for certain simple graphs, @TeX{}draw is
+adequate.
+
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\ds {\displaystyle}
+\def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
+                       \bsegment
+                         \lvec (0 0.05)
+                         \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C \htext ( 0.08 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+
+\move (2.4 -0.32)    % move to set the size
+
+\move (0 0)
+% Axes
+\avec (0  1.4)
+\move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
+\ticklab (0 0)   {0}
+\ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over  2N} $}
+\ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
+\ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
+
+\linewd 0.025
+\move (0 1)
+\lvec (0.4 1)
+\lvec (0.44 0.998)
+\lvec (0.48 0.988)
+\lvec (0.52 0.973)
+\lvec (0.56 0.951)
+\lvec (0.60 0.923)
+\lvec (0.64 0.891)
+\lvec (0.68 0.852)
+\lvec (0.72 0.809)
+\lvec (0.76 0.760)
+\lvec (0.80 0.707)
+\lvec (0.84 0.649)
+\lvec (0.88 0.587)
+\lvec (0.92 0.522)
+\lvec (0.96 0.454)
+\lvec (1.00 0.382)
+\lvec (1.04 0.309)
+\lvec (1.08 0.233)
+\lvec (1.12 0.156)
+\lvec (1.16 0.078)
+\lvec (1.20 0)
+\lvec (1.9 0)
+}
+\bigskip
+@end tex
+
+In this example, macro @code{\ticklab} places a labelled axis tick at a
+given position.  The data is specified in a straightforward manner,
+having been scaled beforehand to give the desired aspect ratio for the
+graph.
+
+@example
+\centertexdraw@{
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\ds @{\displaystyle@}
+\def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3@{\move(#1 #2)
+                       \bsegment
+                         \lvec (0 0.05)
+                         \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05)@{#3@}
+                       \esegment@}
+\def\Rtext #1@{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0)@{#1@}
+              \esegment@}
+
+\move (2.4 -0.3)    % move to set the size
+
+\move (0 0)
+% Axes
+\avec (0 +1.4)
+\move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext@{$\omega$@}
+\ticklab (0 0)   @{0@}
+\ticklab (0.8 0) @{$\ds @{\pi \over 2N@} $@}
+\ticklab (1.2 0) @{$\omega_s$@}
+\ticklab (1.6 0) @{$\ds @{\pi \over N@} $@}
+
+\linewd 0.025
+\move (0 1)
+\lvec (0.4 1)
+\lvec (0.44 0.998)
+\lvec (0.48 0.988)
+\lvec (0.52 0.973)
+\lvec (0.56 0.951)
+ ...
+\lvec (1.08 0.233)
+\lvec (1.12 0.156)
+\lvec (1.16 0.078)
+\lvec (1.20 0)
+\lvec (1.9 0)
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Geometric construction, , Filter response graph, Examples
+@appendixsec Geometric construction
+@cindex example, circle and ellipse
+
+This example shows a geometric construction which places an ellipse
+tangent to an enclosing circle.  The size of the ellipse is determined
+from geometric considerations.  Macros are used to modularize the code.
+The example alters the unit scale factor.  This allows the drawing to be
+carried out in units normalized to the radius of the circle.
+
+@tex
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\linewd 0.01
+\setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B \htext (0  0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
+\def\vtick {\bsegment
+              \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0  0.05)
+            \esegment}
+\def\htick {\bsegment
+              \move (-0.05 0) \lvec ( 0.05 0)
+            \esegment}
+\def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+\def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+
+\lcir r:1                         % circle
+\move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+\move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+
+\move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+\rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
+\move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+\textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
+
+\move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+\bsegment
+  \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+  \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
+  \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
+  \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
+\esegment
+}
+\bigskip
+@end tex
+@example
+\centertexdraw@{
+\arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\linewd 0.01
+\setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+
+\def\Btext #1@{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04)@{#1@}
+              \esegment@}
+\def\Ttext #1@{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.04)@{#1@}
+              \esegment@}
+\def\Ltext #1@{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0)@{#1@}
+              \esegment@}
+\def\bdot @{\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 @}
+\def\vtick @{\bsegment
+              \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0 +0.05)
+            \esegment@}
+\def\htick @{\bsegment
+              \move (-0.05 0) \lvec (+0.05 0)
+            \esegment@}
+\def\Hlen #1#2@{\bsegment
+                 \vtick \avec (@{#1@} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (@{#1@} 0) \Ttext @{#2@}
+               \esegment@}
+\def\Vlen #1#2@{\bsegment
+                 \htick \avec (0 @{#1@}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (0 @{#1@}) \Ltext @{#2@}
+               \esegment@}
+
+\lcir r:1                         % circle
+\move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+\move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+
+\move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+\rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext @{X@}
+\move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+\textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02)@{O@}
+
+\move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+\bsegment
+  \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+  \bdot \Btext @{$\beta_2$@}
+  \move (0 0.15) \Hlen @{0.435@}@{$|\beta_1@{+@}\beta_3|$@}
+  \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen @{0.804@}@{$|\beta_1@{-@}\beta_3|$@}
+\esegment
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Command Listing, Command Index, Examples, Top
+@appendix Alphabetic listing of commands
+@cindex listing of commands
+
+@table @code
+
+@item \arrowheadsize l:@var{length} w:@var{width}
+Set the arrowhead size to be @var{length} units long and @var{width}
+units wide.  The width is measured across the ``base'' of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead size has a @var{length} of 0.16 inches and a
+@var{width} of 0.08 inches.
+
+@item \arrowheadtype t:@var{type}
+Set the arrowhead type to @var{type}, where @var{type} is one of
+@code{F}, @code{T}, @code{W}, @code{V}, or @code{H}.  There are two
+kinds of arrowheads.  The first kind is a triangle.  There are 3
+variants: type @code{T} is an empty triangle, type @code{F} is a filled
+triangle (using the current gray level for lines), type @code{W} is a
+triangle filled with white.  The second kind of arrowhead is an open
+ended Vee.  There are 2 variants: type @code{V} has the stem continue to
+the tip, type @code{H} has the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead type is @code{T}.
+
+@item \avec (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The arrowhead is aligned with the line, with the tip at
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+
+@item \begin@{texdraw@}
+Start a @TeX{}draw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+@code{\end@{texdraw@}} command.  This command is for use with La@TeX{}.
+
+@item \bsegment
+Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such that the
+current position corresponds to the coordinate @code{(0 0)}.  Changes to
+scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the drawing segment.
+
+@item \btexdraw
+Start a @TeX{}draw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+@code{\etexdraw} command.
+
+@item \centertexdraw @{ ... @}
+Center a @TeX{}draw box.  The argument contains @TeX{}draw commands.
+The resulting box has the horizontal size @code{\hsize} and height equal
+to the height of the drawing.
+
+@item \clvec (@var{x1} @var{y1})(@var{x2} @var{y2})(@var{x3} @var{y3})
+Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x3} @var{y3})} which becomes the new current position.  The
+coordinates @code{(@var{x1} @var{y1})} and @code{(@var{x2} @var{y2})}
+serve as control points for the curve.  Only the last coordinate given
+is used to update the size of the drawing.
+
+@item \drawbb
+Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+@TeX{}draw commands.
+
+@item \drawdim @var{dim}
+Set the units to @var{dim}.  The argument @var{dim} can be any valid
+@TeX{} dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+values.  Examples of valid units: @code{cm}, @code{mm}, @code{in},
+@code{pt}, and @code{bp}.
+
+@item \end@{texdraw@}
+End a @TeX{}draw drawing started with a @code{\begin@{texdraw@}}
+command.  The resulting @TeX{}draw drawing is placed in a box with
+height equal to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width
+of the drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+with La@TeX{}.
+
+@item \esegment
+End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+corresponding @code{\bsegment} command is restored.  The scaling and
+line parameter values revert to those in effect before the corresponding
+@code{\bsegment} was invoked.
+
+@item \etexdraw
+End a @TeX{}draw drawing started with a @code{\btexdraw} command.  The
+resulting @TeX{}draw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to the
+height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The
+depth of the box is zero.
+
+@item \everytexdraw @{ ... @}
+Specify @TeX{}draw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+@TeX{}draw drawing.
+
+@item \fcir f:@var{level} r:@var{radius}
+Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by @var{radius}.  The circle is painted with the gray level
+specified by @var{level}.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to white, with
+decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full black.  This
+command does not draw a line along the circumference.  The drawing size
+is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+
+@item \fellip f:@var{level} rx:@var{x-radius} ry:@var{y-radius}
+Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+in the @var{x} direction is specified by @var{x-radius}.  The radius in
+the @var{y} direction is specified by @var{y-radius}.  The ellipse is
+painted with the gray level specified by @var{level}.  A gray level of 1
+corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level
+0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along the boundary
+of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain
+the ellipse.
+
+@item \htext (@var{x} @var{y})@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \htext @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text}
+horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The second form of this command places the @TeX{} text
+@var{text} horizontally with the text reference point at the current
+position.  The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref}
+command.
+
+@item \ifill f:@var{level}
+Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with gray
+level @var{level}.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray levels
+are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1
+(white).
+
+@item \larc r:@var{radius} sd:@var{start-angle} ed:@var{end-angle}
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the current
+position.  The radius is specified by @var{radius}.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by @var{start-angle} and
+@var{end-angle}.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+drawing.
+
+@item \lcir r:@var{radius}
+Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by @var{radius}.  This command draws a line along the
+circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if necessary
+to contain the circle.
+
+@item \lellip rx:@var{x-radius} ry:@var{y-radius}
+Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius in the
+@var{x} direction is specified by @var{x-radius}.  The radius in the
+@var{y} direction is specified by @var{y-radius}.  The drawing size is
+increased if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+@item \lfill f:@var{level}
+
+Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the current
+grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region with specified
+gray level @var{level}.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+@item \linewd @var{width}
+Set the line width to @var{width} units.  Initially @var{width} is 0.01
+inches (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+
+@item \lpatt (@var{pattern})
+Set lines to have the pattern @code{(@var{pattern})}.  A pattern is a
+sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in parentheses.
+The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash and the length of a
+gap between dashes.  Each length is interpreted using the current
+scaling and drawing units.  The pattern is used cyclically.  The empty
+pattern signifies a solid line.  The initial line pattern is a solid
+line, corresponding to the empty pattern @code{\lpatt ()}.
+
+@item \lvec (@var{x} @var{y})
+Draw a line from the current position to coordinate @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+
+@item \move (@var{x} @var{y})
+Move to coordinate @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position
+is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.
+
+@item \ravec (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, @var{dx} units
+in the @var{x} direction and @var{y} units in the @var{y} direction.
+The final position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+
+@item \relsegscale @var{value}
+Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by @var{value}.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the same
+factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale
+factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+@item \relunitscale @var{value}
+Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by @var{value}.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same factor.
+The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and
+the segment scale factor.
+
+@item \rlvec (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Draw a line from the current position, @var{dx} units in the @var{x}
+direction and @var{dy} units in the @var{y} direction.  The final
+position becomes the new current position.
+
+@item \rmove (@var{dx} @var{dy})
+Move from the current position, @var{dx} units in the @var{x} direction
+and @var{dy} units in the @var{y} direction.  The final position becomes
+the new current position.
+
+@item \rtext td:@var{angle} (x y)@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \rtext td:@var{angle} @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text} at an
+angle with the text reference point at the coordinate @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The
+second form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text} at an
+angle with the text reference point at the current position.  In both
+cases, the @TeX{} text is placed in a box and the box is rotated
+counterclockwise by @var{angle} degrees about the text reference point.
+The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref} command.
+
+@item \savecurrpos (*@var{px} *@var{py})
+Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+@code{(*@var{px} *@var{py})}.
+
+@item \savepos (@var{x} @var{y})(*@var{px} *@var{py})
+Save the coordinate position @code{(@var{x} @var{y})} as the absolute
+position referenced by @code{(*@var{px} *@var{py})}.  The coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})} is interpreted in the normal fashion as a
+coordinate relative to the current segment, using the current scaling
+factors and drawing unit.
+
+@item \setgray @var{level}
+Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The initial gray level
+is 0 corresponding to black.
+
+@item \setsegscale @var{scale}
+Set the segment scale factor.  The argument @var{scale} is a real number
+which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale factor is
+the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+@item \setunitscale @var{scale}
+Set the unit scaling to @var{scale}.  The argument @var{scale} is a real
+number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scaling
+factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale
+factor.
+
+@item \texdrawbox @{ ... @}
+Create a @TeX{}draw box.  The argument contains @TeX{}draw commands.
+This macro returns a @TeX{} box with height equal to the height of the
+drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The depth of the
+box is zero.
+
+@item \textref h:@var{h-ref} v:@var{v-ref}
+Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+horizontal reference point @var{h-ref} is one of @code{L}, @code{C} or
+@code{R} (left, center or right).  The vertical reference point
+@var{v-ref} is one of @code{T}, @code{C} or @code{B} (top, center or
+bottom).  For rotated text, the reference point is determined before
+rotation.  The initial text reference point corresponds to
+@code{\textref h:L v:B}.
+
+@item \vtext (x y)@{@var{text}@}
+@itemx \vtext @{@var{text}@}
+The first form of this command places the @TeX{} text @var{text}
+vertically with the text reference point at the coordinate
+@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}.  The new current position is @code{(@var{x}
+@var{y})}.  The second form of this command places the @TeX{} text
+@var{text} vertically with the text reference point at the current
+position.  In both cases, the @TeX{} text is placed in a box and the box
+is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about the text reference
+point.  The text reference point is set with the @code{\textref}
+command.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Command Index, Concept Index, Command Listing, Top
+@unnumbered Command Index
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Concept Index, , Command Index, Top
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@page
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_1.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_1.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0865cde28b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - 1. Introduction</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the first, previous, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC1" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC1">1. Introduction</A></H1>
+
+<P>
+TeX is a powerful typesetting program which allows for complex text
+layouts but by itself lacks a general graphics capability.  However,
+when coupled with an appropriate printer driver program, external
+graphics files can be inserted into the printed document.  In this mode,
+TeX is instructed to leave space for a drawing.  The drawing is
+inserted by the printer driver program.  The TeXdraw macros described
+here generate the external graphics file from within TeX and generate
+the instructions to the the print driver program to position the
+graphics at the appropriate position on the page.
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw consists of a set of TeX macros that create line drawings
+and other figures.  The drawing primitives include solid lines,
+patterned lines, Bezier curves, circles and arrows.  Other commands
+allow for the filling of a region with a gray level.  The drawing
+commands generate PostScript code.  This limits TeXdraw to systems
+which use PostScript printers.  TeXdraw also provides commands to
+position TeX text, including mathematics, on the drawing.  The final
+drawing, with text and graphics, can be positioned on the page like any
+other TeX box.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX1"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX2"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX3"></A>
+The basic TeXdraw macros for TeX use the <CODE>\special</CODE> syntax
+recognized by the printer driver program <CODE>dvips</CODE>.  However, when
+invoked as a LaTeX2e package, the TeXdraw macros can be used with
+any of the PostScript printer driver programs supported by the standard
+<CODE>graphics</CODE> package for LaTeX2e.
+
+
+<P>
+The basic TeXdraw macros provide only simple drawing commands.
+However, TeXdraw provides a drawing segment environment which allows
+parameter changes and coordinate scaling changes to be kept local to the
+drawing segment.  This facility, together with TeX's macro
+capabilities allows one to modularize drawing units and extend
+TeXdraw by building more complex graphics entities from simpler
+elements.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_1.html#SEC2">Distribution</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC2" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC2">1.1 Distribution information</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX4"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The TeXdraw routines are provided free of charge without warranty of
+any kind.  Note that the TeXdraw routines are copyrighted.  They may
+be distributed freely provided that the recipients also acquire the
+right to distribute them freely.  The notices to this effect must be
+preserved when the source files are distributed.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the first, previous, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_10.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_10.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..faa705634dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_10.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - Command Index</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_9.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC40" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC40">Command Index</A></H1>
+<P>
+Jump to:
+<A HREF="#findex_\">\</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_a">a</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_c">c</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_f">f</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_l">l</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_m">m</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_n">n</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#findex_s">s</A>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_\">\</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX63">\arc</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX44">\arrowheadsize</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX43">\arrowheadtype</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX30">\avec</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX13">\begin{texdraw}</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX74">\bsegment</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX11">\btexdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX15">\centertexdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX66">\clvec</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX177">\cossin</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX176">\currentpos</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX94">\drawbb</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX22">\drawdim</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX14">\end{texdraw}</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX75">\esegment</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX12">\etexdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX16">\everytexdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX60">\fcir</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX62">\fellip</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX175">\getpos</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX46">\htext</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX71">\ifill</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX59">\lcir</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX61">\lellip</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX70">\lfill</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX41">\linewd</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX29">\lvec</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX28">\move</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX164">\PSarc</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX166">\PSarcn</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX153">\PSclosepath</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX155">\PSfill</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX159">\PSlineto</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX161">\PSmoveto</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX151">\PSnewpath</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX141">\PSsetlinecap</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX143">\PSsetlinejoin</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX149">\PSstroke</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX34">\ravec</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX179">\realadd</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX181">\realdiv</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX180">\realmult</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX92">\relsegscale</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX90">\relunitscale</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX33">\rlvec</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX32">\rmove</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX53">\rtext</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX83">\savecurrpos</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX84">\savepos</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX42">\setgray</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX91">\setsegscale</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX89">\setunitscale</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX54">\textref</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX178">\vectlen</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX50">\vtext</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX167">\writeps</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_a">a</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX163">arc</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX165">arcn</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_c">c</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX152">closepath</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_f">f</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX154">fill</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_l">l</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX158">lineto</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_m">m</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX160">moveto</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_n">n</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX150">newpath</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="findex_s">s</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX140">setlinecap</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX142">setlinejoin</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX148">stroke</A>
+</DIR>
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_9.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_11.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_11.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cafff98a536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_11.html
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - Concept Index</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_10.html">previous</A>, next, last section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC41" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC41">Concept Index</A></H1>
+<P>
+Jump to:
+<A HREF="#cindex_a">a</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_b">b</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_c">c</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_d">d</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_e">e</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_f">f</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_g">g</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_i">i</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_l">l</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_m">m</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_o">o</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_p">p</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_r">r</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_s">s</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_t">t</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_u">u</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_v">v</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_w">w</A>
+-
+<A HREF="#cindex_x">x</A>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_a">a</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX5">accessing TeXdraw</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX97">accessing TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX170">angle of a vector</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX58">arcs</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX162">arcs</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX40">arrowhead parameters</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX25">arrows</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_b">b</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX64">Bezier curves</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_c">c</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX55">circles</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX17">command syntax</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX168">coordinate parsing</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX20">coordinate specification</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX81">coordinate, symbolic</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX19">coordinates</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX172">cosine of a vector direction</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX27">current position</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX95">current position</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX169">current position</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX147">current position in PostScript</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX65">curves</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_d">d</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX37">dashed lines</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX171">direction of a line</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_1.html#IDX4">distribution</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX38">dotted lines</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX73">drawing segments</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX106"><CODE>dvi2ps</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX107"><CODE>dvialw</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX108"><CODE>dvilaser</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_1.html#IDX1"><CODE>dvips</CODE> printer driver</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX104"><CODE>dvips</CODE> printer driver</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX134"><CODE>dvips</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX109"><CODE>dvipsone</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX111"><CODE>dvitops</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX110"><CODE>dviwindo</CODE> printer driver</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_e">e</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX57">ellipses</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX126">Encapsulated PostScript File</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX120">errors while using TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX182">example, arrow curve</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#IDX183">example, block diagram</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#IDX185">example, circle and ellipse</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#IDX184">example, graph</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_f">f</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX76">fill operations, interaction with drawing segments</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX56">filled circles</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX67">filling regions</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX145">filling regions</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_g">g</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_1.html#IDX3"><CODE>graphics</CODE> package</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX10"><CODE>graphics</CODE> package</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX103"><CODE>graphics</CODE> package</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX131"><CODE>graphics</CODE> package</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX127">graphics placement</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX39">gray levels for lines</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_i">i</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX121">implementation</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX96">initial current position</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX6">invoking TeXdraw</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX98">invoking TeXdraw</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_l">l</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_1.html#IDX2">LaTeX</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX8">LaTeX</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX99">LaTeX</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX174">length of a vector</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX138">line cap</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX139">line join</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX35">line width</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX23">lines</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX156">lines</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_9.html#IDX186">listing of commands</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_m">m</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX26">moves</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX157">moves</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_o">o</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX112"><CODE>oztex</CODE> printer driver</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_p">p</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX68">painting regions</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX69">paths</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX77">paths</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX146">paths</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX115"><CODE>pctexps</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX116"><CODE>pctexwin</CODE> printer driver</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX129">placement of graphics and text</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX7">plain TeX</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX21">position specification</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX80">positions, saving</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX137">PostScript commands</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX102">PostScript printer drivers</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX132">PostScript printer drivers</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX101">printer drivers</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX133">printer drivers</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX119">problems while using TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX113"><CODE>psprint</CODE> driver</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_r">r</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX31">relative positioning</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX86">relative scaling</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX123">resolution</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX48">rotated text</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX51">rotated text</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX117">rotated text</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX124">rotated text</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX135">rotated text</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_s">s</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX79">saving positions</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX122">scaling</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX85">scaling coordinates</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX87">segment scale</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX72">segments</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#IDX173">sine of a vector direction</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX93">size of the drawing</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX78">stroking lines</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#IDX144">stroking lines</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX82">symbolic coordinate</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX18">syntax of commands</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_t">t</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX9"><CODE>texdraw</CODE> package</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX100"><CODE>texdraw</CODE> package</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX130"><CODE>texdraw</CODE> package</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX45">text commands</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX128">text placement</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX49">text rotation</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX52">text rotation</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX118">text rotation</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX125">text rotation</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html#IDX136">text rotation</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX114"><CODE>textures</CODE> printer driver</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_u">u</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#IDX88">unit scale</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_v">v</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX24">vectors</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX47">vertical text</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_w">w</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#IDX36">width of lines</A>
+</DIR>
+<H2><A NAME="cindex_x">x</A></H2>
+<DIR>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#IDX105"><CODE>xdvi</CODE> driver</A>
+</DIR>
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_10.html">previous</A>, next, last section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_2.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_2.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25abbb1af0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_2.html
@@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - 2. Using the TeXdraw Commands</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC3" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC3">2. Using the TeXdraw Commands</A></H1>
+
+<P>
+The main TeXdraw macros (commands) are defined in the file
+<TT>`texdraw.tex'</TT>.  These macros may be used directly in TeX.  The
+file <TT>`texdraw.sty'</TT> provides an interface for use with LaTeX2e.
+The following sections describe the basic commands for TeXdraw.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC4">Accessing TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC5">Command syntax</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC6">TeXdraw coordinates</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC7">Coordinate specification</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC8">Line vectors</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC9">TeX text</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC10">Circles and arcs</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC11">Bezier curves</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC12">Fill commands</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC4" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC4">2.1 Accessing TeXdraw</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX5"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX6"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX7"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX8"></A>
+The form of the user command to run the TeX program depends on which
+version of TeX is being used, and which other macro packages are
+preloaded as format files.  Typically, installations have at least two
+versions of TeX -- plain TeX which includes basic typesetting
+macros (usually invoked as <TT>`tex'</TT>) and LaTeX2e which includes the
+LaTeX2e typesetting macros (usually invoked as <TT>`latex'</TT>).  An
+older version of LaTeX, version 2.09, may also be available.  The
+TeXdraw macros can be used with plain TeX and with either version
+of LaTeX.
+
+
+<P>
+For use with plain TeX, the user must read in the TeXdraw macros
+from the file <TT>`texdraw.tex'</TT>.
+
+<PRE>
+\input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+ ...
+\btexdraw
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\etexdraw
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+For use with LaTeX version 2.09, the user reads in the TeXdraw
+macros from the file <TT>`texdraw.tex'</TT> and optionally defines the
+<CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE> / <CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> environment.
+
+<PRE>
+\documentstyle[11pt]{article}  % Article style with the 11pt size options
+...
+\input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+\newenvironment{texdraw}{\leavevmode\btexdraw}{\etexdraw}
+ ...
+\begin{texdraw}
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\end{texdraw}
+...
+\end{document}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX9"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX10"></A>
+For use with LaTeX2e, the user must load the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package
+(file <TT>`texdraw.sty'</TT>).  This package file defines the
+<CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE> / <CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> environment, brings in
+the standard <CODE>graphics</CODE> package and reads in the file
+<TT>`texdraw.tex'</TT> containing the definitions of the TeXdraw macros.
+
+<PRE>
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}  % Article class with the 11pt size option
+\usepackage{texdraw}           % TeXdraw commands
+
+\begin{document}
+ ...
+\begin{texdraw}
+  ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+\end{texdraw}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+As the TeXdraw commands are processed by TeX, an intermediate
+PostScript file is generated.  The intermediate PostScript has a name of
+the form <TT>`<VAR>name</VAR>.ps1'</TT>.  The name part is derived from the name
+of the main TeX file being processed.  If more than one drawing is
+produced, the digit in the file name extension is
+incremented.<A NAME="DOCF1" HREF="texdraw_foot.html#FOOT1">(1)</A>
+
+
+<P>
+The TeXdraw commands to produce a drawing are inserted between
+<CODE>\btexdraw</CODE> and <CODE>\etexdraw</CODE> commands, or for LaTeX, between
+<CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE> and <CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> commands.  This
+results in a TeX box of appropriate size containing the drawing
+generated by the TeXdraw commands.  The TeXdraw box can be
+positioned in a document like any other TeX box.
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\centertexdraw{...}</CODE> macro centers the box generated by
+TeXdraw.  The vertical space taken up is equal to the vertical size
+of the drawing.  The <CODE>\centertexdraw</CODE> macro is normally used in
+vertical mode (between paragraphs).  A <CODE>\par</CODE> command (a blank line
+will do also) before a <CODE>\centertexdraw</CODE> command will terminate
+horizontal mode and return to vertical mode.  For LaTeX, a structured
+equivalent to the <CODE>\centertexdraw{...}</CODE> command is shown below.
+
+<PRE>
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  ...
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\everytexdraw</CODE> command can be used to define a set of
+TeXdraw commands that will be executed at the beginning of every
+TeXdraw drawing.  It is invoked as <CODE>\everytexdraw{ ...}</CODE>,
+with the desired TeXdraw commands as arguments.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\btexdraw</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX11"></A>
+ 
+Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+<CODE>\etexdraw</CODE> command.
+<A NAME="IDX12"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\etexdraw</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a TeXdraw drawing started with a <CODE>\btexdraw</CODE> command.  The
+resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to the
+height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The
+depth of the box is zero.
+<A NAME="IDX13"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE>
+<DD>
+Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+<CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> command.  This command is for use with LaTeX.
+<A NAME="IDX14"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a TeXdraw drawing started with a <CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE>
+command.  The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with
+height equal to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width
+of the drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+with LaTeX.
+<A NAME="IDX15"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\centertexdraw{ ... }</CODE>
+<DD>
+Center a TeXdraw box horizontally.  The argument contains TeXdraw
+commands.  The resulting box has the horizontal size <CODE>\hsize</CODE> and
+height equal to the height of the drawing.
+<A NAME="IDX16"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\everytexdraw{ ... }</CODE>
+<DD>
+Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+TeXdraw drawing.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC5" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC5">2.2 Command syntax</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX17"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX18"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+Generally TeXdraw commands that take a single argument need a
+terminating blank or newline after the argument.  Arguments that are
+self-delimiting, such as coordinates within parentheses and text within
+braces, do not need the terminating blank.  However, even when not
+needed by the defining syntax of the command, blanks following command
+arguments are allowed and ignored within the TeXdraw environment.
+
+
+<P>
+On entering the TeXdraw environment, TeX is in internal vertical
+mode (vertical mode inside a <CODE>\vbox</CODE>).  In this mode, spaces can be
+placed freely between commands.  However, any other extraneous input
+that generates output that is not part of the TeXdraw environment is
+disallowed.
+
+
+<P>
+Blank lines are interpreted as paragraph breaks, equivalent to a
+<CODE>\par</CODE> command.  The TeXdraw macro <CODE>\centertexdraw</CODE> is
+defined with the <CODE>\long</CODE> attribute to allow <CODE>\par</CODE> commands
+and blank lines to be interspersed between TeXdraw commands.  The
+<CODE>\btexdraw</CODE> and <CODE>\etexdraw</CODE> commands also allow <CODE>\par</CODE>
+command and blank lines to be included.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC6" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC6">2.3 TeXdraw coordinates</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX19"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The TeXdraw coordinate system has increasing <VAR>x</VAR> to the right and
+increasing <VAR>y</VAR> upward.  The coordinates (without the unit) are
+floating point numbers.  Integer values can be written without a decimal
+point.  The size of the drawing is determined by the maximum excursions
+of the coordinates specified in TeXdraw commands.
+
+
+<P>
+Consider the following example of TeXdraw commands to draw a simple
+figure.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim cm  \linewd 0.02
+  \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+This drawing uses units of centimetres, with a line width of 0.02 cm.
+The <VAR>x</VAR> coordinate ranges between 1 and 3 while the <VAR>y</VAR>
+coordinate ranges between 2 and 4.  When included into a document, the
+size of the drawing is 2 cm by 2 cm.  The drawing is placed in a TeX
+box, with the lower lefthand corner of the box corresponding to
+TeXdraw coordinate <CODE>(1 2)</CODE> and the upper righthand corner at
+<CODE>(3 4)</CODE>.  The <CODE>\centertexdraw</CODE> command centers the drawing
+horizontally.  The <CODE>\textref</CODE> command controls the centering of the
+text.  The text in this drawing is centered (both horizontally and
+vertically) at the coordinate <CODE>(2 3)</CODE>.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC7" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC7">2.4 Coordinate specification</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX20"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX21"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+Coordinates are specified within parentheses, with blanks (but no comma)
+between the values.  Leading blanks and trailing blanks are permitted
+within the parentheses.  The coordinates refer to units, which are
+specified by the <CODE>\drawdim</CODE> command.  The default is inches, but
+any valid TeX dimension unit can be specified.  Symbolic
+specification of saved coordinate values will be discused later
+(see section <A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC16">3.3 Saving positions</A>).
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawdim <VAR>dim</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX22"></A>
+ 
+Set the units to <VAR>dim</VAR>.  The argument <VAR>dim</VAR> can be any valid
+TeX dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+values.  Examples of valid units: <CODE>cm</CODE>, <CODE>mm</CODE>, <CODE>in</CODE>,
+<CODE>pt</CODE>, and <CODE>bp</CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+Examples of coordinate and scaling specifications:
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawdim {cm} \move(2 2)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the units to centimetres, move to a position 2 cm to the right and 2
+cm up from the origin of the drawing coordinate system.
+<DT><CODE>\drawdim bp</CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the units to big points.
+<DT><CODE>\lvec ( 2.2 +5.5) \lvec(2.3 -2) \lvec(2.2 5.4 )</CODE>
+<DD>
+Examples of acceptable coordinate specifications.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC8" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC8">2.5 Line vectors</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX23"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX24"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX25"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX26"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX27"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw implements moves, line vectors and arrow vectors.  There are
+both absolute and relative motion versions of these vector commands.
+TeXdraw maintains a current position.  Lines are drawn from the
+current position to a new coordinate, with the new coordinate becoming
+the new current position.  An explicit move can be used to establish a
+new current position.  The position <CODE>(0 0)</CODE> is used if there is no
+move to an initial current position.
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\move</CODE> and <CODE>\rmove</CODE> commands establish a new current
+position without drawing a line.  The <CODE>\lvec</CODE> and <CODE>\rlvec</CODE>
+commands draw a line from the current position to a new position, which
+then becomes the new current position.  The <CODE>\avec</CODE> and
+<CODE>\ravec</CODE> commands draw a line with an arrowhead from the current
+position to a new coordinate, which then becomes the new current
+position.  The tip of the arrow is at the new current position.  The
+direction of the arrow follows the direction of the line.  Since this
+direction is undefined for zero length vectors, these are not allowed
+for <CODE>\avec</CODE> or <CODE>\ravec</CODE>.  Zero length arrow vectors will
+generate a PostScript print error: <CODE>undefinedresult</CODE>.  For any
+non-zero length vector, the full size arrowhead is drawn, even if that
+arrowhead is longer than the line length.
+
+
+<P>
+The absolute motion versions of these commands specify the coordinate of
+the final position.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\move (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX28"></A>
+ 
+Move to coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position
+is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX29"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\lvec (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line from the current position to coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX30"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\avec (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The arrowhead is aligned with the line, with the tip at
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX31"></A>
+The relative motion versions of these commands interpret the coordinates
+as displacements relative to the current position.  Given the
+displacements <CODE>(<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE> as a parameter, each of the
+relative motion commands moves <VAR>dx</VAR> units in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction
+and <VAR>dy</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\rmove (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX32"></A>
+ 
+Move from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction
+and <VAR>dy</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.  The final position becomes
+the new current position.
+<A NAME="IDX33"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\rlvec (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units in the <VAR>x</VAR>
+direction and <VAR>dy</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.  The final
+position becomes the new current position.
+<A NAME="IDX34"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\ravec (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units
+in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction and <VAR>y</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.
+The final position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+Lines can be customized with commands to change the line width, line
+pattern and line gray level rendition.  In addition, commands for
+changing the type and size of the arrowhead are available.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX35"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX36"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX37"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX38"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX39"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX40"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\linewd <VAR>width</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX41"></A>
+ 
+Set the line width to <VAR>width</VAR> units.  Initially <VAR>width</VAR> is 0.01
+inches (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+<DT><CODE>\lpatt (<VAR>pattern</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Set lines to have the pattern <CODE>(<VAR>pattern</VAR>)</CODE>.  A pattern is a
+sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in parentheses.
+The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash and the length of a
+gap between dashes.  Each length is interpreted using the current
+scaling and drawing units.  The pattern is used cyclically.  The empty
+pattern signifies a solid line.  The initial line pattern is a solid
+line, corresponding to the empty pattern <CODE>\lpatt ()</CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX42"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\setgray <VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The initial gray level
+is 0 corresponding to black.
+<A NAME="IDX43"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\arrowheadtype t:<VAR>type</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the arrowhead type to <VAR>type</VAR>, where <VAR>type</VAR> is one of
+<CODE>F</CODE>, <CODE>T</CODE>, <CODE>W</CODE>, <CODE>V</CODE>, or <CODE>H</CODE>.  There are two
+kinds of arrowheads.  The first kind is a triangle.  There are 3
+variants: type <CODE>T</CODE> is an empty triangle, type <CODE>F</CODE> is a filled
+triangle (using the current gray level for lines), type <CODE>W</CODE> is a
+triangle filled with white.  The second kind of arrowhead is an open
+ended Vee.  There are 2 variants: type <CODE>V</CODE> has the stem continue to
+the tip, type <CODE>H</CODE> has the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead type is <CODE>T</CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX44"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\arrowheadsize l:<VAR>length</VAR> w:<VAR>width</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the arrowhead size to be <VAR>length</VAR> units long and <VAR>width</VAR>
+units wide.  The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead size has a <VAR>length</VAR> of 0.16 inches and a
+<VAR>width</VAR> of 0.08 inches.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+Note that the lines which outline the arrowhead will be drawn with the
+same line pattern used for the stem.  Normally, arrow vectors are drawn
+with the line pattern set for a solid line.  Note that the fill level
+used for the <CODE>F</CODE> variant of the arrowhead uses the same gray level
+as used for lines.  The difference between the <CODE>T</CODE> variant and the
+<CODE>W</CODE> variant only shows up if the arrowhead is placed over non-white
+areas of the drawing.  The <CODE>W</CODE> variant obliterates the area under
+the arrowhead.
+
+
+<P>
+Examples of line parameter and arrowhead settings are shown in the
+following code.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim in
+  \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(0.5 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1 0)
+  \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(1.5 0.5)
+  \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.0 0.5)
+  \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+}
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC9" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC9">2.6 TeX text</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX45"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+Text may be superimposed on the drawing.  The text argument of the
+<CODE>\htext</CODE> command is in horizontal mode.  This text can be ordinary
+text, math mode expressions, or even more complicated boxes consisting
+of tables and the like.  The resulting TeX text is placed in a box.
+The reference point of the box can be chosen to be one of nine
+locations: horizontally left, center or right; vertically top, center or
+bottom.  The <CODE>\htext</CODE> command takes one of two forms.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\htext (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX46"></A>
+ 
+<DT><CODE>\htext {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR>
+horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The second form of this command places the TeX text
+<VAR>text</VAR> horizontally with the text reference point at the current
+position.  The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE>
+command.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX47"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX48"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX49"></A>
+Text can be placed vertically using the <CODE>\vtext</CODE> command.  The text
+argument is in horizontal mode.  The TeX text is placed in a box and
+then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point is the point in the
+box, <EM>before</EM> rotation of the text.  Not all PostScript printer
+drivers support vertical text.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\vtext (x y){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX50"></A>
+ 
+<DT><CODE>\vtext {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR>
+vertically with the text reference point at the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The second form of this command places the TeX text
+<VAR>text</VAR> vertically with the text reference point at the current
+position.  In both cases, the TeX text is placed in a box and the box
+is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about the text reference
+point.  The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE>
+command.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX51"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX52"></A>
+Text can be placed at an arbitrary angle using the <CODE>\rtext</CODE>
+command.  The text argument is in horizontal mode.  The TeX text is
+placed in a box and then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point
+is the point in the box, <EM>before</EM> rotation of the text.  Not all
+PostScript printer drivers support rotated text.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\rtext td:<VAR>angle</VAR> (x y){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX53"></A>
+ 
+<DT><CODE>\rtext td:<VAR>angle</VAR> {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR> at an
+angle with the text reference point at the coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The
+second form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR> at an
+angle with the text reference point at the current position.  In both
+cases, the TeX text is placed in a box and the box is rotated
+counterclockwise by <VAR>angle</VAR> degrees about the text reference point.
+The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE> command.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The reference point for subsequent TeX text in a <CODE>\htext</CODE>,
+<CODE>\vtext</CODE> or <CODE>\rtext</CODE> command is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE>
+command.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\textref h:<VAR>h-ref</VAR> v:<VAR>v-ref</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX54"></A>
+ 
+Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+horizontal reference point <VAR>h-ref</VAR> is one of <CODE>L</CODE>, <CODE>C</CODE> or
+<CODE>R</CODE> (left, center or right).  The vertical reference point
+<VAR>v-ref</VAR> is one of <CODE>T</CODE>, <CODE>C</CODE> or <CODE>B</CODE> (top, center or
+bottom).  For rotated text, the reference point is determined before
+rotation.  The initial text reference point corresponds to
+<CODE>\textref h:L v:B</CODE>.
+</DL>
+<P>
+
+
+<P>
+The font used to render the text is determined as for any other TeX
+text.  Normally the font used outside of TeXdraw is in effect.  If
+desired, other fonts can be specified as part of the text.  Any font
+changes within a TeXdraw text command remain local to that command.
+
+
+<P>
+Only the coordinate of the text reference point in a <CODE>\htext</CODE>,
+<CODE>\vtext</CODE> or <CODE>\rtext</CODE> command is used in calculating the size
+of the drawing.  This means that text itself can spill outside of the
+drawing area determined by TeXdraw.  The area of the drawing can be
+increased to include the text by issuing additional <CODE>\move</CODE>
+commands.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+             \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
+}
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC10" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC10">2.7 Circles, ellipses and arcs</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX55"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX56"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX57"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX58"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw supplies commands to generate circles, ellipses and arcs.
+There are two forms of the circle command.  The <CODE>\lcir</CODE> command
+draws a circle of given radius.  The <CODE>\fcir</CODE> command draws a filled
+circle.  In the latter case, the circle is filled by a specified gray
+level.  For the filled circle, the line defining the circumference of
+the circle is not drawn.  Note that the gray level area filled in by the
+<CODE>\fcir</CODE> command is opaque, even if the fill is chosen to be white.
+For either form of the circle command, the drawing size is increased if
+necessary to contain the circle.
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\lellip</CODE> command generates an ellipse specified by the radius
+of the ellipse in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction and the radius of the ellipse in
+the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.  The ellipse is symmetrical about horizontal and
+vertical lines drawn through the current point.  The <CODE>\fellip</CODE>
+command draws a filled ellipse.  In the latter case, the ellipse is
+filled by a specified gray level.  For the filled ellipse, the line
+defining the boundary of the ellipse is not drawn.  For either form of
+the ellipse command, the drawing size is increased if necessary to
+contain the ellipse.
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\larc</CODE> command generates a counterclockwise arc specified by a
+start angle in degrees and an end angle in degrees.  The center of the
+arc is the current position.  Only the arc is drawn, not the line
+joining the center to the beginning of the arc.  Note that the
+<CODE>\larc</CODE> command does not affect the size of the drawing.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\lcir r:<VAR>radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX59"></A>
+ 
+Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  This command draws a line along the
+circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if necessary
+to contain the circle.
+<A NAME="IDX60"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\fcir f:<VAR>level</VAR> r:<VAR>radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The circle is painted with the gray level
+specified by <VAR>level</VAR>.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to white, with
+decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full black.  This
+command does not draw a line along the circumference.  The drawing size
+is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+<A NAME="IDX61"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\lellip rx:<VAR>x-radius</VAR> ry:<VAR>y-radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius in the
+<VAR>x</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>x-radius</VAR>.  The radius in the
+<VAR>y</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>y-radius</VAR>.  The drawing size is
+increased if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+<A NAME="IDX62"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\fellip f:<VAR>level</VAR> rx:<VAR>x-radius</VAR> ry:<VAR>y-radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>x-radius</VAR>.  The radius in
+the <VAR>y</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>y-radius</VAR>.  The ellipse is
+painted with the gray level specified by <VAR>level</VAR>.  A gray level of 1
+corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level
+0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along the boundary
+of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain
+the ellipse.
+<A NAME="IDX63"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\larc r:<VAR>radius</VAR> sd:<VAR>start-angle</VAR> ed:<VAR>end-angle</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the current
+position.  The radius is specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by <VAR>start-angle</VAR> and
+<VAR>end-angle</VAR>.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+drawing.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+As an example, the following commands draw a filled circle, and
+superimpose an arc.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+  \linewd 0.02
+  \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+  \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+  \lvec (+0.707 +0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Note that for the arc command, the resulting figure can spill outside of
+the TeXdraw box as determined by the maximum excursions of the
+coordinates.  Extra moves can be used to compensate for the size of the
+arc.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC11" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC11">2.8 Bezier curves</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX64"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX65"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+Bezier curves in TeXdraw use 4 reference coordinates, two as the end
+points and two others to control the shape of the curve.  Let the 4
+points be <CODE>(<VAR>x0</VAR> <VAR>y0</VAR>)</CODE>, <CODE>(<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)</CODE>,
+<CODE>(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)</CODE> and <CODE>(<VAR>x3</VAR> <VAR>y3</VAR>)</CODE>.  The curve
+starts out tangent to the line joining the first two points and ends up
+tangent to the line joining the second two points.  The control points
+"pull" at the curve to control the curvature.  The amount of pull
+increases with the distance of the control point from the endpoint.
+
+
+<P>
+As the parameter u varies from 0 to 1, the coordinates of the Bezier
+curve are given by a pair of parametric cubic equations,
+
+
+<P>
+x(u) = (1-u)^3 x0  + 3u (1-u)^2 x1  + 3u^2 (1-u) x2  + u^3 x3
+y(u) = (1-u)^3 y0  + 3u (1-u)^2 y1  + 3u^2 (1-u) y2  + u^3 y3 .
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\clvec (<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)(<VAR>x3</VAR> <VAR>y3</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX66"></A>
+ 
+Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x3</VAR> <VAR>y3</VAR>)</CODE> which becomes the new current position.  The
+coordinates <CODE>(<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)</CODE> and <CODE>(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)</CODE>
+serve as control points for the curve.  Only the last coordinate given
+is used to update the size of the drawing.
+</DL>
+<P>
+Note that only 3 coordinate pairs are specified.  The other point is the
+current position before the <CODE>\clvec</CODE> command is executed.  Only the
+last coordinate specified in the <CODE>\clvec</CODE> command is used to
+determine the extent of the drawing.  While the Bezier curve passes
+through the old current position and the new current position, in
+general the curve will not reach the intermediate control points.  The
+curve is always entirely enclosed by the convex quadrilateral defined by
+the two end points and the two control points.  Note that the curve may
+pass outside the limits of the drawing as determined by the end point of
+the curve.
+
+
+<P>
+A simple Bezier curve is produced by the following example.
+
+<PRE>
+\btexdraw
+  \move (0 0)
+  \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+\etexdraw
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC12" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC12">2.9 Fill commands</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX67"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX68"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX69"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+PostScript deals with paths consisting of line segments.  The paths can
+be closed and the interior of the closed region filled.  From
+TeXdraw, paths start with a <CODE>\move</CODE> or <CODE>\rmove</CODE> command and
+continue with <CODE>\lvec</CODE>, <CODE>\rlvec</CODE> or <CODE>\clvec</CODE> commands.
+The TeXdraw fill commands close the path and fill the interior of the
+closed region.  Closing the path means that effectively another
+<CODE>\lvec</CODE> line is drawn from the last point specified to the initial
+point.  TeXdraw provides two forms of the fill command.  The
+<CODE>\ifill</CODE> fills the interior of the region with the given gray
+level.  The lines defining the path are not drawn.  The <CODE>\lfill</CODE>
+command fills the region defined by the closed path and draws a line
+along the enclosing path.  Note for both forms of the fill command, the
+gray level used for filling is opaque, even if the gray level is chosen
+to be white.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\lfill f:<VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX70"></A>
+ 
+Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the current
+grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region with specified
+gray level <VAR>level</VAR>.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+<A NAME="IDX71"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\ifill f:<VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with gray
+level <VAR>level</VAR>.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray levels
+are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1
+(white).
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The following example draws a "flag" with the interior filled in.  The
+path around the boundary is given in a clockwise order to define a
+closed path.  We could take advantage of the fact that the fill command
+will close an open path to eliminate one of the <CODE>\lvec</CODE> commands.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+\move (0.5 0)
+\lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+\lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+\lfill f:0.8
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+In TeXdraw, the <CODE>\move</CODE> command always terminates any previous
+paths and starts a new path.  Commands that change line parameters
+(e.g.  <CODE>\setgray</CODE> or <CODE>\lpatt</CODE>) also terminate paths and start
+new paths.  The circle, ellipse and arc commands do not affect the
+definition of the current path.  The <CODE>\avec</CODE> command is not
+appropriate for defining a path to be filled.  It ends a subpath at its
+tail and begins a new subpath at its tip.  Filling a region defined by a
+path with subpaths is more complicated in that each subpath is closed
+before filling.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_3.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_3.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52193c720b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_3.html
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - 3. Drawing Segments and Scaling</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC13" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC13">3. Drawing Segments and Scaling</A></H1>
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw provides individually scaled segments which can be used to
+create relocatable drawing modules.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC14">Drawing segments</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC15">Drawing paths</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC16">Saving positions</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC17">Scaling coordinates</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC18">Drawing size</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC19">Initial current position</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC14" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC14">3.1 Drawing segments</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX72"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX73"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+A TeXdraw drawing segment allows for local modifications of
+parameters and relative positioning.  A TeXdraw segment is delimited
+by a <CODE>\bsegment</CODE> command and an <CODE>\esegment</CODE> command.  Inside
+the segment, the initial current position is <CODE>(0 0)</CODE>.  Any changes
+to parameters such as the gray level and the line width, remain local to
+the segment.  Segments are implemented in TeX using a
+<CODE>\begingroup</CODE> and <CODE>\endgroup</CODE>.  Segments can be nested.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\bsegment</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX74"></A>
+ 
+Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such that the
+current position corresponds to the coordinate <CODE>(0 0)</CODE>.  Changes to
+scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the drawing segment.
+<A NAME="IDX75"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\esegment</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+corresponding <CODE>\bsegment</CODE> command is restored.  The scaling and
+line parameter values revert to those in effect before the corresponding
+<CODE>\bsegment</CODE> command was invoked.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC15" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC15">3.2 Drawing paths</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX76"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX77"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX78"></A>
+Certain subtle interactions occur between drawing segments and fill
+operations.  In PostScript, lines are drawn by first defining a path,
+then later stroking the path to draw the line.  In TeXdraw, this
+stroking occurs when the line is terminated, say by a <CODE>\move</CODE>
+command.  PostScript paths are interrupted by, but continue after a
+drawing segment.  This means that a path started before a segment may
+not be stroked (drawn) until after the segment ends.  Consider the
+following example.
+
+<PRE>
+\move (0 0)
+\lvec (1 1)
+\bsegment
+  \move (-0.25 -0.25)
+  \fcir f:0.8 r:0.5
+\esegment
+\move (0 0)
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+A PostScript path is started at <CODE>(0 0)</CODE> and continues with a line
+to <CODE>(1 1)</CODE>.  This path is interrupted by the segment.  The filled
+circle is drawn next.  After the segment, the path continues and is not
+stroked until the <CODE>\move (0 0)</CODE> command after the end of the
+segment.  This means that the line appears on top of the filled region.
+
+
+<P>
+If the fill operation is to cover the line, the path must be stroked
+before the fill operation.  From TeXdraw, the move commands
+<CODE>\move</CODE> and <CODE>\rmove</CODE>, and the end TeXdraw command
+<CODE>\etexdraw</CODE> terminate a path and cause it to be stroked.  Within a
+segment, the end segment command <CODE>\esegment</CODE> also terminates and
+strokes a path.  In the example above, the line can be stroked by
+inserting a move command (such as a <CODE>\rmove (0 0)</CODE> which does not
+affect the position), before the start of the segment.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC16" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC16">3.3 Saving positions</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX79"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX80"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX81"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX82"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\savecurrpos</CODE> command saves the current position.  The saved
+position is an absolute position, not one relative to a segment.  The
+position saving mechanism is global; the position can be saved within a
+nested segment and then used outside of the segment.  The <VAR>x</VAR> and
+<VAR>y</VAR> coordinates of the position are saved separately as named
+coordinates.  The names are of the form <CODE>*<VAR>name</VAR></CODE>, with the
+leading <CODE>*</CODE> being obligatory.  A companion command,
+<CODE>\savepos</CODE>, saves a given coordinate (relative to the current
+segment) as an absolute symbolic position.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\savecurrpos (*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX83"></A>
+ 
+Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+<CODE>(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX84"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\savepos (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Save the coordinate position <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> as the absolute
+position referenced by <CODE>(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>.  The coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> is interpreted in the normal fashion as a
+coordinate relative to the current segment, using the current scaling
+factors and drawing unit.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The symbolic names used to specify a saved position can consist of any
+characters that are not special to TeX, but must start with a
+<CODE>*</CODE> character.  The symbolic names can be used as the <VAR>x</VAR>
+and/or <VAR>y</VAR> coordinate in any command that needs a coordinate.
+Symbolic coordinates are not normally used with relative motion commands
+such as <CODE>\rlvec</CODE> or <CODE>\rmove</CODE>.  If used with relative motion,
+the corresponding displacement is equal to the symbolic coordinate
+value.
+
+
+<P>
+On exit from a segment, the position and graphics state on entry is
+restored.  Any changes to line types, scaling and position are
+discarded.  However, it is sometimes useful alter the position on exit
+from a segment.  The <CODE>\savepos</CODE> command allows for the saving of a
+position within the segment.  This position can be restored after the
+<CODE>\esegment</CODE> with a <CODE>\move</CODE> command using the saved symbolic
+position.  This approach can be used to build modules which operate in a
+manner analogous to the basic relative motion line vector commands.
+
+
+<P>
+The following example defines a macro which draws a box 0.75 inches wide
+by 0.5 inches high containing centered text.  On leaving the macro the
+position will be set at a point on the righthand side of the box.
+
+<PRE>
+\def\tbox #1{\bsegment
+               \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+               \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+               \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+               \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+             \esegment
+             \move (*ex *ey)}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+With this definition, we can treat <CODE>\tbox</CODE> in the same way as the
+basic vector commands, stringing them together to form a block diagram
+as in this example.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+}
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC17" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC17">3.4 Scaling coordinates</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX85"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX86"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX87"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX88"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+There are two scale factors available, the unit scale factor and the
+segment scale factor.  The overall scale factor is the product of these
+two.  There are absolute and relative versions of commands to change
+these scale factors.
+
+
+<P>
+The unit scale factor is normally used to affect global scale changes.
+Changes to the unit scale factor remains local to a segment, but
+propagate to inferior segments.  The default value is unity.
+
+
+<P>
+The segment scale factor is used for local scale changes.  It remains
+local to a segment.  The segment scale factor is reset to unity on entry
+into each segment.  This means that changes to the segment scale factor
+do not propagate to inferior segments.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\setunitscale <VAR>scale</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX89"></A>
+ 
+Set the unit scaling to <VAR>scale</VAR>.  The argument <VAR>scale</VAR> is a real
+number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scaling
+factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale
+factor.
+<A NAME="IDX90"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\relunitscale <VAR>value</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by <VAR>value</VAR>.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same factor.
+The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and
+the segment scale factor.
+<A NAME="IDX91"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\setsegscale <VAR>scale</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the segment scale factor.  The argument <VAR>scale</VAR> is a real number
+which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale factor is
+the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+<A NAME="IDX92"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\relsegscale <VAR>value</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by <VAR>value</VAR>.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the same
+factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale
+factor and the segment scale factor.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+In addition to the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor, the
+scaling can be controlled by the choice of drawing units with the
+command <CODE>\drawdim</CODE> (see section <A HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC7">2.4 Coordinate specification</A>).
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawdim cm \setunitscale 2.54</CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the units to centimetres scaled by 2.54.  Together these commands
+are effectively the same as <CODE>\drawdim in</CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The segment scale can be used to allow scale changes in segments so that
+values are in more convenient units.  For example suppose dimensions in
+a segment are multiples of one third of an inch.  The segment scale can
+be set once to make 1 drawing unit equal 0.3333 inches.  From that point
+on, coordinates can be specified with integer values.
+
+
+<P>
+The following example defines a macro to draw a rectangular box which is
+twice as wide as it is high.  The width is specified as an argument.
+
+<PRE>
+\def\mybox #1{\bsegment
+                \setsegscale #1
+                \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (1 +0.25) \lvec (1 -0.25)
+                \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+              \esegment}
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC18" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC18">3.5 Drawing size</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX93"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The effective size of the drawing is determined by the maximum
+excursions of the coordinates supplied to TeXdraw commands.  The
+minimum and maximum scaled <VAR>x</VAR> and <VAR>y</VAR> coordinates are tallied.
+Note that <CODE>\move</CODE> commands contribute to the determination of the
+calculated size of the drawing, even though they do not generate visible
+lines.  The circle and ellipse commands add a compensation for the radii
+of circles and ellipses.  The final TeXdraw drawing is placed in a
+TeX box with lower lefthand corner corresponding to
+<CODE>(</CODE><VAR>x</VAR>-min <VAR>y</VAR>-min<CODE>)</CODE> and upper righthand corner at
+<CODE>(</CODE><VAR>x</VAR>-max <VAR>y</VAR>-max<CODE>)</CODE>.
+
+
+<P>
+Text generated by <CODE>\htext</CODE>, <CODE>\vtext</CODE> or <CODE>\rtext</CODE> can
+spill outside the box as determined above.  Only the text reference
+point is guaranteed to be in the drawing box.  Arcs can also spill
+outside the drawing box.  Note also that the widths of lines, and the
+sizes of arrowheads do not affect the size of the drawing.  The
+calculated size of the drawing will never be larger than the actual size
+of the drawing.  In extreme cases in which text or lines extend far
+outside the drawing, extra <CODE>\move</CODE> commands should be used to
+establish the size of the drawing so that the TeXdraw box includes
+all of the drawing.
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw provides the <CODE>\drawbb</CODE> command to draw a box which
+indicates the effective size of the drawing.  Whenever <CODE>\drawbb</CODE> is
+invoked, a ruled box is drawn around the drawing as it has been sized up
+to that point.  Normally <CODE>\drawbb</CODE> is invoked just before the end
+of a drawing to indicate the effective size of the final drawing.
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawbb</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX94"></A>
+ 
+Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+TeXdraw commands.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC19" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC19">3.6 Initial current position</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX95"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX96"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The first operation in a drawing should be a move to establish the
+current position.  The current position can be established explicitly
+through a <CODE>\move</CODE> command or a text positioning command such as
+<CODE>\htext</CODE> with a coordinate.  However, if an attempt is made to use
+a drawing command which needs a current position and none has been
+established, TeXdraw implicitly sets the initial current position to
+<CODE>(0 0)</CODE>.  The size of the TeXdraw figure is normally determined
+from the sequence of coordinates specified, but will include the
+implicit initial position in case another initial position has not been
+explicitly specified.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_2.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_4.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_4.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d766d721409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_4.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - 4. Using TeXdraw with LaTeX</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC20" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC20">4. Using TeXdraw with LaTeX</A></H1>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX97"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX98"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX99"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX100"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The LaTeX typesetting system uses a structured approach to declaring
+typesetting environments.  For LaTeX2e, the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package
+defines the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> environment.  The TeXdraw environment is
+started with a <CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE> command and terminated with an
+<CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> command.  All of the basic TeXdraw commands
+can be used within the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> environment.
+
+
+<P>
+As an example, a LaTeX2e variant of an earlier example can be
+constructed as follows.
+
+<PRE>
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{texdraw}
+ ...
+\begin{document}
+ ...
+\newcommand{\tbox}[1]{%
+   \bsegment
+     \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+     \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+     \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+     \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+   \esegment
+   \move (*ex *ey)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+ ...
+\end{document}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+This example illustrates the use of the LaTeX command
+<CODE>\newcommand</CODE> as an alternative to the plain TeX command
+<CODE>\def</CODE>.  Instead of the basic TeXdraw command
+<CODE>\centertexdraw</CODE>, a nested combination of the LaTeX centering
+environment and the TeXdraw environment is used.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_4.html#SEC21">PostScript printer drivers</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC21" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC21">4.1 PostScript printer drivers</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX101"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX102"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX103"></A>
+The <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package uses the printer driver interface provided by
+the standard LaTeX2e <CODE>graphics</CODE> package.  Any options to the
+<CODE>texdraw</CODE> package are passed to the <CODE>graphics</CODE> package.
+Specifically, the name of the PostScript driver to be used can be
+specified as an option to the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package.  With no explicit
+printer driver option, the default printer driver associated with the
+<CODE>graphics</CODE> package is used.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX104"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX105"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX106"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX107"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX108"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX109"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX110"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX111"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX112"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX113"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX114"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX115"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX116"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX117"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX118"></A>
+The <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package can be used with any of the printer drivers
+supported by the <CODE>graphics</CODE> package that allow for the importation
+of PostScript graphics files, viz., <CODE>dvips</CODE>, <CODE>xdvi</CODE>,
+<CODE>dvi2ps</CODE>, <CODE>dvialw</CODE>, <CODE>dvilaser</CODE>, <CODE>dvipsone</CODE>,
+<CODE>dviwindo</CODE>, <CODE>dvitops</CODE>, <CODE>oztex</CODE>, <CODE>psprint</CODE>,
+<CODE>textures</CODE>, <CODE>pctexps</CODE>, and <CODE>pctexwin</CODE>.  Not all of these
+drivers support the text rotation needed for the TeXdraw commands
+<CODE>\vtext</CODE> and <CODE>\rtext</CODE>.  Of the drivers listed above, only the
+following support support text rotation: <CODE>dvips</CODE>, <CODE>xdvi</CODE>,
+<CODE>dvi2ps</CODE>, <CODE>dvitops</CODE>, <CODE>textures</CODE>, and <CODE>pctexps</CODE>.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_3.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_5.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_5.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c880d21341d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - 5. More Details</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC22" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC22">5. More Details</A></H1>
+
+<P>
+The first part of this chapter offers some suggestions for strategies to
+isolate errors in TeX and TeXdraw input.  The second part of this
+chapter discusses implementational issues.  An awareness of these issues
+is useful if TeXdraw is to be extended.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC23">Errors while using TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC24">Extending TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC29">How TeXdraw merges graphics and text</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC23" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC23">5.1 Errors while using TeXdraw</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX119"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX120"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeX input is notoriously difficult to debug.  If TeX reports
+errors, so much the better.  If the cause is not immediately obvious,
+consider using a binary search strategy, removing sections of code with
+the premature insertion of the <CODE>\bye</CODE> (or <CODE>\end{document}</CODE>
+for LaTeX) command (with the appropriate closing of any open groups
+and the like).  Other strategies include the insertion of
+<CODE>\message{I am here}</CODE> at appropriate places.  Try using
+<CODE>\tracingmacros=1</CODE>.  Many problems turn out to be due to an
+incorrect number of macro arguments or incorrectly delimited macro
+arguments.  The <CODE>\tracingmacros=1</CODE> option writes the macro
+arguments and macro expansions to the TeX log file.
+
+
+<P>
+Certain errors may not manifest themselves until well after the
+offending command.  For instance, if a closing parenthesis is missing
+from a TeXdraw coordinate, TeX continues searching for the
+parenthesis.  If one is found, perhaps many lines later, the TeXdraw
+error message <CODE>invalid coordinate</CODE> will be printed at this later
+point.
+
+
+<P>
+All input in the TeXdraw environment should be intended for
+interpretation by TeXdraw commands.  TeXdraw places text inside a
+zero size box (the text itself extends outside the box).  Extraneous
+input manifests itself as a non-zero size TeXdraw text box. This
+causes the TeXdraw text and the PostScript graphics to be displaced
+from one another.  An error message is issued if a non-zero width
+TeXdraw text box is detected.  If this error message appears, look
+for unintended character sequences amongst the commands to TeXdraw.
+
+
+<P>
+Several TeXdraw commands pass their arguments "raw" to the
+PostScript file.  That means that invalid arguments can generate
+PostScript errors when the document is printed.  For instance the
+argument of the <CODE>\setgray</CODE> command is passed straight through to
+the PostScript file.  If this argument is non-numeric, a PostScript
+error results.  Not all PostScript printers report errors back to the
+user.  The print may just stop prematurely.  One approach to debugging
+is to use a PostScript previewer on a workstation. That way, one can
+determine at which point in the drawing the PostScript error occurs.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC24" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC24">5.2 Extending TeXdraw</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX121"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw is implemented using a combination of TeX commands and
+PostScript code.  This section discusses some of the implementational
+issues as they relate to extending TeXdraw.
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw as implemented, offers a basic set of drawing features.
+These are adequate for certain tasks such as producing block diagrams.
+There are different approaches to extending TeXdraw to include other
+functions.  In some cases, the desired functionality can be achieved by
+writing a TeX macro which builds on top of the existing TeXdraw
+commands.  As these extensions become more complex, the limitations of
+TeX for computations become increasingly evident.  In other cases,
+access to different features of PostScript is desired.  The appropriate
+approach would be to write new PostScript procedures which can be
+accessed by TeX macros.
+
+
+<P>
+Included with TeXdraw is a set of macros for directly accessing
+PostScript functions.  These are described in an appendix
+(see section <A HREF="texdraw_6.html#SEC30">A. PostScript Commands</A>).
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw also comes with a toolbox of routines for handling much of
+the user interface, converting between different coordinate
+representations and the like.  The macros for coordinate decoding and
+for computations involving coordinates are described in an appendix
+(see section <A HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC31">B. TeXdraw Toolbox</A>).
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC25">Scaling</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC26">Resolution</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC27">Text placement</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC28">Intermediate PostScript file</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H3><A NAME="SEC25" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC25">5.2.1 Scaling</A></H3>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX122"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The scaling commands provided in TeXdraw are designed to affect only
+the coordinate values specified in commands.  For instance, changing the
+<CODE>\setunitscale</CODE> value changes the interpretation of the coordinate
+in an <CODE>\avec (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> command, but does not change the
+line width or arrowhead sizes in effect.  None of the TeXdraw scaling
+commands affect the size of TeX text produced by, for instance, the
+<CODE>\htext</CODE> command.  Scale changes will however affect the
+positioning of text for subsequent commands.
+
+
+<P>
+The line parameters are changed only if the corresponding commands to
+change them are issued.  If the <CODE>\linewd</CODE> command is given, the
+current coordinate scaling is used to determine the line width.  To
+achieve a behaviour more like a global scaling, whenever the scale
+factor is changed, the line parameters should be set again.
+
+
+
+
+<H3><A NAME="SEC26" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC26">5.2.2 Resolution</A></H3>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX123"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw scales coordinates before passing them to PostScript.
+Keeping track of the coordinate scaling is necessary, in any event, to
+allow TeXdraw to compute the maximum excursions of the coordinates.
+TeXdraw uses pixel units in its PostScript code.  One pixel unit is
+equal to 1/300 of an inch.  TeXdraw issues PostScript commands with
+integer valued pixel coordinates.  This sets the positioning resolution
+for TeXdraw.  The passing of integer valued coordinates which
+correspond to the device resolution keeps lines aligned with the device
+grid; parallel lines of the same width will be rendered with the same
+width.
+
+
+<P>
+The position saving mechanism in TeXdraw (see section <A HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC16">3.3 Saving positions</A>)
+associates the pixel coordinates of a position with the specified name.
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw uses the limited real number representation provided by
+TeX.  These operations are based on the representation of dimensions
+as real-valued numbers of points.  Internally in TeX, dimensions are
+stored 32-bit values, normalized so that 1 pt corresponds to the scaled
+point (sp) value of 65536.  Dimensions with magnitudes between 0.000015
+pt and 32767 pt can be represented.  This is also the dynamic range of
+the TeXdraw pixel coordinates passed to PostScript.  TeXdraw must
+convert from user supplied coordinates using the scaling factor (which
+itself consists of two components, the unit scale and the segment scale)
+and a pixel conversion factor.  The use of limited precision real
+numbers in these computations can cause accumulation of error when
+relative scaling is used repeatedly.
+
+
+
+
+<H3><A NAME="SEC27" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC27">5.2.3 Text placement</A></H3>
+
+<P>
+While in the TeXdraw environment, TeX text is placed in a TeX
+box while PostScript code is written to the intermediate file.  At the
+end of the TeXdraw environment, the size of the drawing is
+determined.  A TeX box of this size is created.  The TeX
+<CODE>\special</CODE> mechanism is used to instruct the PostScript driver
+program to position the PostScript drawing from the intermediate file in
+this area.  Next, the text generated by TeXdraw is positioned and
+placed in the box.  Note that when the document is printed, the
+PostScript drawing is placed on the page before the TeX text; TeX
+text will appear on top of graphics.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX124"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX125"></A>
+The rotation of text is carried out with in-line PostScript code which
+does not appear in the intermediate PostScript file.  This code is sent
+to the PostScript driver with a <CODE>\special</CODE> command.  This
+PostScript code is embedded in the dvi (device independent) file that
+TeX produces.
+
+
+
+
+<H3><A NAME="SEC28" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC28">5.2.4 The intermediate PostScript file</A></H3>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX126"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+The intermediate PostScript file consists of a header, a body and a
+trailer following Encapsulated PostScript File (EPSF) standards.  The
+header sets up PostScript definitions and default parameter values.  The
+trailer includes the <CODE>BoundingBox</CODE> information which gives the
+coordinates in default PostScript units (72 per inch) for the lower
+lefthand corner and the upper righthand corner of the drawing.  The body
+of the intermediate PostScript file contains the PostScript commands
+generated by TeXdraw.
+
+
+<P>
+Many moves in TeXdraw serve only to position text or to reset saved
+positions.  TeXdraw buffers move commands in order to be able to
+collapse runs of moves.  Only the last move of a run of moves is
+actually written to the PostScript file.  However the intermediate moves
+still affect the size of the drawing.  The expunging of moves means that
+the PostScript file <CODE>BoundingBox</CODE> information may indicate a drawing size
+larger than the PostScript commands themselves would warrant.
+
+
+<P>
+Drawing segments in TeXdraw show up in the PostScript file as saves
+and restores of the PostScript graphics state.  Segment starts are
+buffered and only written out if necessary.  This way "empty" segments
+do not generate output to the PostScript file.  These empty segments
+arise if a segment contains only moves and text commands.  The moves
+inside the segment are not needed since they are local to the segment,
+and the text commands do not generate output to the PostScript file.
+
+
+<P>
+If TeXdraw is used only for moves and text, no intermediate
+PostScript file will be created.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC29" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC29">5.3 How TeXdraw merges graphics and text</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX127"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX128"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX129"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+TeXdraw creates a box which is the same size as the graphic.  The
+printer driver will place the PostScript graphic into this space.  Any
+TeX text generated by the TeXdraw commands will be superimposed on
+this graphic.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX130"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX131"></A>
+The LaTeX2e front-end for TeXdraw is enabled by including the
+<CODE>texdraw</CODE> package.  The <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package automatically
+invokes the standard <CODE>graphics</CODE> package distributed with
+LaTeX2e.  The <CODE>graphics</CODE> package has support for a number of
+different printer drivers, including a number for PostScript printers.
+Any options to the <CODE>texdraw</CODE> package are passed on to the
+<CODE>graphics</CODE> package.  Such an option can be used to select a driver
+other than the default one.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX132"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX133"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX134"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX135"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX136"></A>
+Within the <CODE>graphics</CODE> package, the driver option is used to select
+definitions for the low-level macros which generate the <CODE>\special</CODE>
+commands needed to request insertion of a graphics file and to rotate
+text.<A NAME="DOCF2" HREF="texdraw_foot.html#FOOT2">(2)</A>
+TeXdraw uses the user-level macros defined by the <CODE>graphics</CODE>
+package (see section <A HREF="texdraw_4.html#SEC21">4.1 PostScript printer drivers</A>).  When not used with the
+LaTeX2e front-end, TeXdraw defines versions of these macros that
+are suitable for use with the <CODE>dvips</CODE> printer driver.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_4.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_6.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_6.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9686e350ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_6.html
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - A. PostScript Commands</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_7.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC30" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC30">A. PostScript Commands</A></H1>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX137"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+This appendix describes a set of macros for accessing some of the
+PostScript builtin functions.  Each of these macros issues a single
+PostScript command.  The extra services provided by TeXdraw are the
+interpretation of coordinates in user units relative to the current
+drawing segment and the writing of a pending TeXdraw move to the
+PostScript file.  This last operation establishes the current point in
+PostScript.  The user of these commands should be familiar with the
+concepts of path construction and filling in PostScript.  Further
+details on the PostScript functions used can found in the
+<CITE>PostScript Language Reference Manual, Second Edition</CITE>, Adobe
+Systems, Addison-Wesley, 1990.
+
+
+<P>
+These macros are distributed in file <TT>`txdps.tex'</TT>.
+
+
+<P>
+The <CODE>\PSsetlinecap</CODE> and <CODE>\PSsetlinejoin</CODE> commands control the
+way line ends and line joins are rendered.  The default values set by
+TeXdraw (round caps and round join) are appropriate for most
+drawings.  Changes to these parameters apply to the current and
+subsequent paths.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX138"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX139"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\PSsetlinecap <VAR>type</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX140"></A>
+ <A NAME="IDX141"></A>
+ 
+Set the line cap parameter.  The value <CODE>0</CODE> gives a butt cap;
+<CODE>1</CODE> gives a round cap; and <CODE>2</CODE> gives a projecting square cap.
+The initial value is corresponds to a round cap.
+<A NAME="IDX142"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX143"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSsetlinejoin <VAR>type</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the line join parameter.  The value <CODE>0</CODE> gives a miter join;
+<CODE>1</CODE> gives a round join; and <CODE>2</CODE> gives a bevel join.  The
+initial value corresponds to a round join.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX144"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX145"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX146"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX147"></A>
+PostScript paths and fill operations can be controlled by a number of
+functions.  By design, TeXdraw always maintains a defined PostScript
+current point.  Some of the following macros cause the PostScript
+current point to become undefined.  The PostScript current point must be
+set again (say with a <CODE>\PSmoveto</CODE> command) before invoking basic
+TeXdraw commands.
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\PSstroke</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX148"></A>
+ <A NAME="IDX149"></A>
+ 
+Stroke a PostScript path.  The current path is stroked with the current
+gray level (set with <CODE>\setgray</CODE>) and the current line pattern (set
+with <CODE>\lpatt</CODE>).  The PostScript current point becomes undefined.
+<A NAME="IDX150"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX151"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSnewpath</CODE>
+<DD>
+Establish a new path.  The PostScript current point becomes undefined.
+<A NAME="IDX152"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX153"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSclosepath</CODE>
+<DD>
+Close a subpath.  A new subpath is started.
+<A NAME="IDX154"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX155"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSfill</CODE>
+<DD>
+Fill a region defined by a path.  Each subpath is closed and the
+enclosed regions painted with the current gray level.  The PostScript
+current point becomes undefined.  The gray level can be set with the
+TeXdraw command <CODE>\setgray</CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The following line commands interpret coordinates relative to the
+current TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified
+coordinate affects the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
+<A NAME="IDX156"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX157"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\PSlineto (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX158"></A>
+ <A NAME="IDX159"></A>
+ 
+Add a line segment to the current path.  This command is identical to
+the TeXdraw command <CODE>\lvec</CODE>.  The PostScript current point must
+be defined before this command is issued.
+<A NAME="IDX160"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX161"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSmoveto (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Move to the coordinate specified by <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The
+PostScript current point becomes defined.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The following macros provide access to the general arc commands in
+PostScript.  The coordinates are interpreted relative to the current
+TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified coordinate
+affects the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
+<A NAME="IDX162"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\PSarc r:<VAR>radius</VAR> sd:<VAR>start-angle</VAR> ed:<VAR>end-angle</VAR> (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX163"></A>
+ <A NAME="IDX164"></A>
+ 
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given
+position.  The radius is specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by <VAR>start-angle</VAR> and
+<VAR>end-angle</VAR>.  If the PostScript current point is defined, this
+command also draws the line from the current point to the beginning of
+the arc.  The line and arc become part of the current path. The current
+point becomes defined.
+<A NAME="IDX165"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX166"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\PSarcn r:<VAR>radius</VAR> sd:<VAR>start-angle</VAR> ed:<VAR>end-angle</VAR> (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a clockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given position.
+The radius is specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The start and end angles (in
+degrees) are specified by <VAR>start-angle</VAR> and <VAR>end-angle</VAR>.  If the
+PostScript current point is defined, this command also draws the line
+from the current point to the beginning of the arc.  The line and arc
+become part of the current path.  The current point becomes defined.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+The macro <CODE>\writeps</CODE> provides the general facility to write
+arbitrary PostScript commands to the PostScript file.  This macro is
+used by the preceding commands and by the TeXdraw commands
+themselves.  This facility has to be used with care since changes in
+position or scaling resulting from the PostScript commands are not known
+to TeXdraw.
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\writeps {<VAR>&#60;ps-commands&#62;</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX167"></A>
+ 
+Write PostScript commands to the intermediate PostScript file.  Before
+the commands are inserted, any pending TeXdraw move is written to the
+PostScript file.  The PostScript scaling gives 300 units/inch.
+</DL>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_5.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_7.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_7.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_7.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1905d68c0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_7.html
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - B. TeXdraw Toolbox</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_8.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC31" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC31">B. TeXdraw Toolbox</A></H1>
+
+<P>
+This appendix describes some of the macros supplied with TeXdraw
+which can be used to define additional commands for creating drawings.
+The macros described here work in the user specified coordinate system.
+Some of these toolbox macros are used by the TeXdraw commands
+themselves, others are supplied in an auxiliary file
+<TT>`txdtools.tex'</TT>.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC32">Coordinate parsing</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC33">Real arithmetic</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC34">Arrow curve</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC32" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC32">B.1 Coordinate parsing</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+The coordinate parsing macro <CODE>\getpos</CODE> is useful for creating new
+commands.  This macro takes care of stripping leading and trailing
+blanks from coordinates specified between parentheses.  In addition,
+symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding relative
+coordinate using the segment offset and scaling in effect.
+
+
+<P>
+The macro <CODE>\currentpos</CODE> returns the relative coordinates of the
+current position.  The returned values are relative to the current
+segment and the current scaling.  The macro <CODE>\cossin</CODE> returns the
+real-valued cosine and sine of the direction of the line joining two
+points.  The macro <CODE>\vectlen</CODE> returns the length of a vector.  The
+results appear as the value of user supplied macro names.
+
+
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX168"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX169"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX170"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX171"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX172"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX173"></A>
+<A NAME="IDX174"></A>
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\getpos (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)\<VAR>mx</VAR>\<VAR>my</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX175"></A>
+ 
+Decode coordinate values. The coordinates specified by <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> are decoded. Symbolic coordinates are translated to the
+corresponding relative coordinate using the current segment offset and
+scaling.  The resulting character strings representing the real-valued
+coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by <CODE>\<VAR>mx</VAR></CODE> and
+<CODE>\<VAR>my</VAR></CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX176"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\currentpos \<VAR>mx</VAR>\<VAR>my</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Return the coordinates of the current position.  The coordinates are
+relative to the current segment offset and scaling.  The resulting
+character strings representing the real-valued coordinates are assigned
+to the macros specified by <CODE>\<VAR>mx</VAR></CODE> and <CODE>\<VAR>my</VAR></CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX177"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\cossin (<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)\<VAR>cosa</VAR>\<VAR>sina</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Return the cosine and sine of the direction of a vector joining two
+points.  The cosine and sine of the angle of the vector which goes from
+<CODE>(<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)</CODE> to <CODE>(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)</CODE>.  The character
+strings representing these real-valued quantities are assigned to the
+macros specified by <CODE>\<VAR>cosa</VAR></CODE> and <CODE>\<VAR>sina</VAR></CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX178"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\vectlen (<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)\<VAR>len</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Return the length of a vector joining two points.  The length of the
+vector is relative to the current scaling.  The character string
+representing the real-valued length is assigned to the macro specified
+by <CODE>\<VAR>len</VAR></CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC33" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC33">B.2 Real arithmetic</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+The TeXdraw toolbox supplies macros to perform real arithmetic on
+coordinate values.  The result appears as the value of a user supplied
+macro name.
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\realadd {<VAR>value1</VAR>} {<VAR>value2</VAR>} \<VAR>sum</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+<A NAME="IDX179"></A>
+ 
+Add two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the sum to the macro <CODE>\<VAR>sum</VAR></CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX180"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\realmult {<VAR>value1</VAR>} {<VAR>value2</VAR>} \<VAR>prod</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Multiply two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the product to the macro <CODE>\<VAR>prod</VAR></CODE>.
+<A NAME="IDX181"></A>
+<DT><CODE>\realdiv {<VAR>value1</VAR>} {<VAR>value2</VAR>} \<VAR>result</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Divide two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+representing the result of <VAR>value1</VAR>/<VAR>value2</VAR> to the macro
+<CODE>\<VAR>result</VAR></CODE>.
+</DL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC34" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC34">B.3 Arrow curve</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX182"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+This example illustrates the use of the TeXdraw toolbox routines to
+do computations with the coordinates.  The problem will be tackled in
+two parts.  First, we will produce a macro to place an arrowhead on a
+Bezier curve.  Then given this macro, we will produce a macro which can
+draw a "wiggly" line from the current position to a given coordinate.
+
+
+<P>
+The first macro, <CODE>\cavec</CODE>, uses the <CODE>\cossin</CODE> command to
+determine the the cosine and sine of the angle of the line joining the
+second control point to the end point of the Bezier curve.  Recall that
+the Bezier curve is tangent to this line at the end point.  After
+drawing the Bezier curve, the scaling is set locally to absolute units
+of 0.05 inches.  We go back down the line from the end point by 0.05
+inches and draw an arrow vector to the end point from there.  This arrow
+vector is mostly arrowhead, with little or no tail.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
+  \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+  \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+  \rmove (0 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+    \move ({-\cosa} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+  \esegment}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Note the use of macros as arguments to a <CODE>\move</CODE> command.  Minus
+signs are put in front of the macros.  However, the value of the macro
+<CODE>\cosa</CODE> or <CODE>\sina</CODE> could be negative.  Fortunately, TeX
+accepts two minus signs in a row and interprets the result as positive.
+Note that the <CODE>\rmove (0 0)</CODE> command before the beginning of the
+segment ensures that the Bezier curve is stroked before the arrowhead is
+drawn.
+
+
+<P>
+The second macro <CODE>\caw</CODE> builds on <CODE>\cavec</CODE>.  The goal is to
+produce a wiggly vector that can be used as a pointer in a drawing.
+Consider the following symmetrical normalized Bezier curve.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{ \move (0 0) \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0) }
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+This curve has the appropriate wiggle.  Now we want to be able to draw
+this curve, appropriately scaled and rotated.  The macro <CODE>\caw</CODE>
+needs to do computations on the coordinates.  First, <CODE>\caw</CODE> uses
+the macros <CODE>\getpos</CODE> and <CODE>\currentpos</CODE> to get the positions of
+the end and start of the curve.  Next, the length of the vector is
+calculated using the macro <CODE>\vectlen</CODE>.  A local macro
+<CODE>\rotatecoord</CODE> is used to rotate a coordinate pair about the
+origin, using the cosine and sine of the rotation angle.  The vector
+length is used to scale the normalized curve.  The remaining code draws
+the rotated, normalized curve.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\def\caw (#1 #2){
+  \currentpos \xa\ya
+  \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+
+% The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+% Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -&#62; (du dv)
+  \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+
+% calculate the length of the vector
+  \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+
+% draw the curve in normalized units
+  \bsegment
+    \setsegscale {\len}
+    \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+    \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
+  \esegment
+  \move (#1 #2)}
+
+% rotate a coordinate (x y)
+% arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+%  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+\def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
+  \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+  \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
+  \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Finally, the new macro can be used as follows.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+  \arrowheadtype t:W
+  \move (0 0)
+  \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+  \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
+
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Note that the Bezier curve in the macro <CODE>\cavec</CODE> lies below the
+arrowhead.  The example then draws an arrowhead of type <CODE>W</CODE> to
+erase the part of the line below the arrowhead.
+
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_6.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_8.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_8.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_8.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..09ee5d14520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_8.html
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - C. Examples</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_7.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_9.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC35" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC35">C. Examples</A></H1>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX183"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+This appendix shows examples of the use of TeXdraw.
+
+
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC36">Block diagram</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC37">Filter response graph</A>
+<LI><A HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC38">Geometric construction</A>
+</UL>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC36" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC36">C.1 Block diagram of a lattice filter</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+The block diagram of a lattice filter uses a library of extended
+commands built from the basic TeXdraw commands.
+
+
+<P>
+The block diagram uses a "delay" block.  This is defined as a segment
+which leaves the current position at the end of this block.  A second
+macro, <CODE>\bdot</CODE>, draws a "big" dot which is used to mark junctions
+of lines.  The <CODE>\Ttext</CODE> command centers text above a given point.
+The offset to position the text is local to a segment, resulting in no
+change to the current point.  Similar macros to position text below a
+point (<CODE>\Btext</CODE>), to the left of a point (<CODE>\Ltext</CODE>) and to the
+right of a point (<CODE>\Rtext</CODE>) are used in the final drawing.
+
+<PRE>
+\def\delay {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale 0.3
+              \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+              \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+              \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
+              \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+            \esegment
+            \move (*ex *ey)}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Several of the block diagram elements scale with the size of the summing
+nodes.  The radius of the circles for the summing nodes is defined as
+the macro <CODE>\cradius</CODE>.  The summing nodes will have enclosed plus
+signs, appropriately scaled.  The plus sign is drawn by the macro
+<CODE>\pluss</CODE>.  The macro <CODE>\pcir</CODE> draws both the circle and the
+plus sign.  The incoming lines to a summing node will be labelled with
+plus or minus signs (characters this time), placed at the appropriate
+position with respect to the center of the summing node.  These
+positions are given in terms of compass directions.  The macro
+<CODE>\putwnw</CODE> places text west by north-west relative to the center of
+the summing node.
+
+<PRE>
+\def\cradius {0.08}
+\def\pluss {\bsegment
+               \setsegscale {\cradius}
+               \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+               \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+             \esegment}
+\def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
+\def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
+                         \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                         \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+The block diagram has vectors arriving and departing from the summing
+nodes (circles).  One could calculate the points of intersection of the
+lines with the circles, and then enter the values into the TeXdraw
+code.  However, in this example, we implement an automated procedure.
+Two macros are needed, an arrow vector to a circle (<CODE>\avectoc</CODE>) and
+an arrow vector leaving from a circle (<CODE>\avecfrc</CODE>).  The macros
+will calculate the point of intersection with the circle and start or
+end the vector at the intersection point.
+
+
+<P>
+The arrow macros use scaling and relative positioning inside of a
+drawing segment.  In the case of the macro <CODE>\avectoc</CODE>, a move is
+made to the final point (center of the circle), then within a drawing
+segment, a scaled move is made back towards the initial point to
+determine the intersection point with the circle.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                     \bsegment
+                       \move (*tx *ty)
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \avec (*ex *ey)
+                     \move (#1 #2)}
+\def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \bsegment
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \move ({\cosa} \sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \move (*ex *ey)
+                     \avec (#1 #2)}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+Having defined these macros, we are ready to draw the block diagram.
+The first and last sections of the lattice filter are very similar,
+differing mainly in the text labels.  With more effort, code could be
+shared between the commands used to draw these blocks.
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+\drawdim in
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
+
+\move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+
+% Input to the first stage
+\bsegment
+  \Ltext{$x(n)$}
+  \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4) \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+  \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% first lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
+  \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% center section
+\bsegment
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% last lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
+\esegment
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P>
+The macros used in this example are similar to the block diagram macros
+defined in the file <TT>`blockdiagram.tex'</TT>.
+
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC37" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC37">C.2 Filter response graph</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX184"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+This example shows the response of a canonical filter.  TeXdraw is
+not well suited for general purpose graphing -- it has no coordinate
+translation facility nor does it have separate <VAR>x</VAR> and <VAR>y</VAR>
+scaling.  Nonetheless, for certain simple graphs, TeXdraw is
+adequate.
+
+
+<P>
+In this example, macro <CODE>\ticklab</CODE> places a labelled axis tick at a
+given position.  The data is specified in a straightforward manner,
+having been scaled beforehand to give the desired aspect ratio for the
+graph.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\ds {\displaystyle}
+\def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
+                       \bsegment
+                         \lvec (0 0.05)
+                         \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+
+\move (2.4 -0.3)    % move to set the size
+
+\move (0 0)
+% Axes
+\avec (0 +1.4)
+\move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
+\ticklab (0 0)   {0}
+\ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over 2N} $}
+\ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
+\ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
+
+\linewd 0.025
+\move (0 1)
+\lvec (0.4 1)
+\lvec (0.44 0.998)
+\lvec (0.48 0.988)
+\lvec (0.52 0.973)
+\lvec (0.56 0.951)
+ ...
+\lvec (1.08 0.233)
+\lvec (1.12 0.156)
+\lvec (1.16 0.078)
+\lvec (1.20 0)
+\lvec (1.9 0)
+}
+</PRE>
+
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="SEC38" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC38">C.3 Geometric construction</A></H2>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX185"></A>
+
+
+<P>
+This example shows a geometric construction which places an ellipse
+tangent to an enclosing circle.  The size of the ellipse is determined
+from geometric considerations.  Macros are used to modularize the code.
+The example alters the unit scale factor.  This allows the drawing to be
+carried out in units normalized to the radius of the circle.
+
+
+
+<PRE>
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\linewd 0.01
+\setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
+\def\vtick {\bsegment
+              \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0 +0.05)
+            \esegment}
+\def\htick {\bsegment
+              \move (-0.05 0) \lvec (+0.05 0)
+            \esegment}
+\def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+\def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+
+\lcir r:1                         % circle
+\move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+\move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+
+\move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+\rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
+\move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+\textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
+
+\move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+\bsegment
+  \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+  \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
+  \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
+  \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
+\esegment
+}
+</PRE>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_7.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_9.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_9.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_9.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6a96d49c59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_9.html
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - D. Alphabetic listing of commands</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_8.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_10.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+<P><HR><P>
+
+
+<H1><A NAME="SEC39" HREF="texdraw_toc.html#TOC39">D. Alphabetic listing of commands</A></H1>
+<P>
+<A NAME="IDX186"></A>
+
+
+<DL COMPACT>
+
+<DT><CODE>\arrowheadsize l:<VAR>length</VAR> w:<VAR>width</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the arrowhead size to be <VAR>length</VAR> units long and <VAR>width</VAR>
+units wide.  The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead size has a <VAR>length</VAR> of 0.16 inches and a
+<VAR>width</VAR> of 0.08 inches.
+
+<DT><CODE>\arrowheadtype t:<VAR>type</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the arrowhead type to <VAR>type</VAR>, where <VAR>type</VAR> is one of
+<CODE>F</CODE>, <CODE>T</CODE>, <CODE>W</CODE>, <CODE>V</CODE>, or <CODE>H</CODE>.  There are two
+kinds of arrowheads.  The first kind is a triangle.  There are 3
+variants: type <CODE>T</CODE> is an empty triangle, type <CODE>F</CODE> is a filled
+triangle (using the current gray level for lines), type <CODE>W</CODE> is a
+triangle filled with white.  The second kind of arrowhead is an open
+ended Vee.  There are 2 variants: type <CODE>V</CODE> has the stem continue to
+the tip, type <CODE>H</CODE> has the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.
+The initial arrowhead type is <CODE>T</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\avec (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The arrowhead is aligned with the line, with the tip at
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE>
+<DD>
+Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+<CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE> command.  This command is for use with LaTeX.
+
+<DT><CODE>\bsegment</CODE>
+<DD>
+Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such that the
+current position corresponds to the coordinate <CODE>(0 0)</CODE>.  Changes to
+scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the drawing segment.
+
+<DT><CODE>\btexdraw</CODE>
+<DD>
+Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+<CODE>\etexdraw</CODE> command.
+
+<DT><CODE>\centertexdraw { ... }</CODE>
+<DD>
+Center a TeXdraw box.  The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
+The resulting box has the horizontal size <CODE>\hsize</CODE> and height equal
+to the height of the drawing.
+
+<DT><CODE>\clvec (<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)(<VAR>x3</VAR> <VAR>y3</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x3</VAR> <VAR>y3</VAR>)</CODE> which becomes the new current position.  The
+coordinates <CODE>(<VAR>x1</VAR> <VAR>y1</VAR>)</CODE> and <CODE>(<VAR>x2</VAR> <VAR>y2</VAR>)</CODE>
+serve as control points for the curve.  Only the last coordinate given
+is used to update the size of the drawing.
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawbb</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+TeXdraw commands.
+
+<DT><CODE>\drawdim <VAR>dim</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the units to <VAR>dim</VAR>.  The argument <VAR>dim</VAR> can be any valid
+TeX dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+values.  Examples of valid units: <CODE>cm</CODE>, <CODE>mm</CODE>, <CODE>in</CODE>,
+<CODE>pt</CODE>, and <CODE>bp</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\end{texdraw}</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a TeXdraw drawing started with a <CODE>\begin{texdraw}</CODE>
+command.  The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with
+height equal to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width
+of the drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+with LaTeX.
+
+<DT><CODE>\esegment</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+corresponding <CODE>\bsegment</CODE> command is restored.  The scaling and
+line parameter values revert to those in effect before the corresponding
+<CODE>\bsegment</CODE> was invoked.
+
+<DT><CODE>\etexdraw</CODE>
+<DD>
+End a TeXdraw drawing started with a <CODE>\btexdraw</CODE> command.  The
+resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to the
+height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The
+depth of the box is zero.
+
+<DT><CODE>\everytexdraw { ... }</CODE>
+<DD>
+Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+TeXdraw drawing.
+
+<DT><CODE>\fcir f:<VAR>level</VAR> r:<VAR>radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The circle is painted with the gray level
+specified by <VAR>level</VAR>.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to white, with
+decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full black.  This
+command does not draw a line along the circumference.  The drawing size
+is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+
+<DT><CODE>\fellip f:<VAR>level</VAR> rx:<VAR>x-radius</VAR> ry:<VAR>y-radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>x-radius</VAR>.  The radius in
+the <VAR>y</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>y-radius</VAR>.  The ellipse is
+painted with the gray level specified by <VAR>level</VAR>.  A gray level of 1
+corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level
+0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along the boundary
+of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain
+the ellipse.
+
+<DT><CODE>\htext (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<DT><CODE>\htext {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR>
+horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The second form of this command places the TeX text
+<VAR>text</VAR> horizontally with the text reference point at the current
+position.  The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE>
+command.
+
+<DT><CODE>\ifill f:<VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with gray
+level <VAR>level</VAR>.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray levels
+are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1
+(white).
+
+<DT><CODE>\larc r:<VAR>radius</VAR> sd:<VAR>start-angle</VAR> ed:<VAR>end-angle</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the current
+position.  The radius is specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  The start and end
+angles (in degrees) are specified by <VAR>start-angle</VAR> and
+<VAR>end-angle</VAR>.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+drawing.
+
+<DT><CODE>\lcir r:<VAR>radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+specified by <VAR>radius</VAR>.  This command draws a line along the
+circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if necessary
+to contain the circle.
+
+<DT><CODE>\lellip rx:<VAR>x-radius</VAR> ry:<VAR>y-radius</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius in the
+<VAR>x</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>x-radius</VAR>.  The radius in the
+<VAR>y</VAR> direction is specified by <VAR>y-radius</VAR>.  The drawing size is
+increased if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+<DT><CODE>\lfill f:<VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the current
+grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region with specified
+gray level <VAR>level</VAR>.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+<DT><CODE>\linewd <VAR>width</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the line width to <VAR>width</VAR> units.  Initially <VAR>width</VAR> is 0.01
+inches (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+
+<DT><CODE>\lpatt (<VAR>pattern</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Set lines to have the pattern <CODE>(<VAR>pattern</VAR>)</CODE>.  A pattern is a
+sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in parentheses.
+The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash and the length of a
+gap between dashes.  Each length is interpreted using the current
+scaling and drawing units.  The pattern is used cyclically.  The empty
+pattern signifies a solid line.  The initial line pattern is a solid
+line, corresponding to the empty pattern <CODE>\lpatt ()</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\lvec (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line from the current position to coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\move (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Move to coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position
+is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\ravec (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units
+in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction and <VAR>y</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.
+The final position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+
+<DT><CODE>\relsegscale <VAR>value</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by <VAR>value</VAR>.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the same
+factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale
+factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+<DT><CODE>\relunitscale <VAR>value</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by <VAR>value</VAR>.  This has
+the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same factor.
+The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and
+the segment scale factor.
+
+<DT><CODE>\rlvec (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Draw a line from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units in the <VAR>x</VAR>
+direction and <VAR>dy</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.  The final
+position becomes the new current position.
+
+<DT><CODE>\rmove (<VAR>dx</VAR> <VAR>dy</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Move from the current position, <VAR>dx</VAR> units in the <VAR>x</VAR> direction
+and <VAR>dy</VAR> units in the <VAR>y</VAR> direction.  The final position becomes
+the new current position.
+
+<DT><CODE>\rtext td:<VAR>angle</VAR> (x y){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<DT><CODE>\rtext td:<VAR>angle</VAR> {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR> at an
+angle with the text reference point at the coordinate <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The
+second form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR> at an
+angle with the text reference point at the current position.  In both
+cases, the TeX text is placed in a box and the box is rotated
+counterclockwise by <VAR>angle</VAR> degrees about the text reference point.
+The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE> command.
+
+<DT><CODE>\savecurrpos (*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+<CODE>(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\savepos (<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>
+<DD>
+Save the coordinate position <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> as the absolute
+position referenced by <CODE>(*<VAR>px</VAR> *<VAR>py</VAR>)</CODE>.  The coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE> is interpreted in the normal fashion as a
+coordinate relative to the current segment, using the current scaling
+factors and drawing unit.
+
+<DT><CODE>\setgray <VAR>level</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0 (black)
+through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The initial gray level
+is 0 corresponding to black.
+
+<DT><CODE>\setsegscale <VAR>scale</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the segment scale factor.  The argument <VAR>scale</VAR> is a real number
+which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale factor is
+the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+<DT><CODE>\setunitscale <VAR>scale</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the unit scaling to <VAR>scale</VAR>.  The argument <VAR>scale</VAR> is a real
+number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scaling
+factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment scale
+factor.
+
+<DT><CODE>\texdrawbox { ... }</CODE>
+<DD>
+Create a TeXdraw box.  The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
+This macro returns a TeX box with height equal to the height of the
+drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The depth of the
+box is zero.
+
+<DT><CODE>\textref h:<VAR>h-ref</VAR> v:<VAR>v-ref</VAR></CODE>
+<DD>
+Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+horizontal reference point <VAR>h-ref</VAR> is one of <CODE>L</CODE>, <CODE>C</CODE> or
+<CODE>R</CODE> (left, center or right).  The vertical reference point
+<VAR>v-ref</VAR> is one of <CODE>T</CODE>, <CODE>C</CODE> or <CODE>B</CODE> (top, center or
+bottom).  For rotated text, the reference point is determined before
+rotation.  The initial text reference point corresponds to
+<CODE>\textref h:L v:B</CODE>.
+
+<DT><CODE>\vtext (x y){<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+<DT><CODE>\vtext {<VAR>text</VAR>}</CODE>
+<DD>
+The first form of this command places the TeX text <VAR>text</VAR>
+vertically with the text reference point at the coordinate
+<CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR> <VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The new current position is <CODE>(<VAR>x</VAR>
+<VAR>y</VAR>)</CODE>.  The second form of this command places the TeX text
+<VAR>text</VAR> vertically with the text reference point at the current
+position.  In both cases, the TeX text is placed in a box and the box
+is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about the text reference
+point.  The text reference point is set with the <CODE>\textref</CODE>
+command.
+
+</DL>
+
+<P><HR><P>
+Go to the <A HREF="texdraw_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_8.html">previous</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_10.html">next</A>, <A HREF="texdraw_11.html">last</A> section, <A HREF="texdraw_toc.html">table of contents</A>.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_foot.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_foot.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b45e6c36d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_foot.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - Footnotes</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>TeXdraw</H1>
+<H2>PostScript Drawings from TeX</H2>
+<H2>Edition 2.0</H2>
+<H2>December 1995</H2>
+<ADDRESS>Peter Kabal</ADDRESS>
+<P>
+<P><HR><P>
+<H3><A NAME="FOOT1" HREF="texdraw_2.html#DOCF1">(1)</A></H3>
+<P>After the ninth PostScript file, the name of the
+intermediate PostScript file takes the form <TT>`<VAR>name</VAR>.p10'</TT>, with
+the number increasing from 10 with each file.
+<H3><A NAME="FOOT2" HREF="texdraw_5.html#DOCF2">(2)</A></H3>
+<P>Not all PostScript drivers support text rotation.
+<P><HR><P>
+This document was generated on 10 March 2004 using
+<A HREF="http://wwwinfo.cern.ch/dis/texi2html/">texi2html</A>&nbsp;1.56k.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_toc.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_toc.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fdf24359723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texdraw_toc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<!-- Created by texi2html 1.56k from texdraw.texi on 10 March 2004 -->
+
+<TITLE>TeXdraw - Table of Contents</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>TeXdraw</H1>
+<H2>PostScript Drawings from TeX</H2>
+<H2>Edition 2.0</H2>
+<H2>December 1995</H2>
+<ADDRESS>Peter Kabal</ADDRESS>
+<P>
+<P><HR><P>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC1" HREF="texdraw_1.html#SEC1">1. Introduction</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC2" HREF="texdraw_1.html#SEC2">1.1 Distribution information</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC3" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC3">2. Using the TeXdraw Commands</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC4" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC4">2.1 Accessing TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC5" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC5">2.2 Command syntax</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC6" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC6">2.3 TeXdraw coordinates</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC7" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC7">2.4 Coordinate specification</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC8" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC8">2.5 Line vectors</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC9" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC9">2.6 TeX text</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC10" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC10">2.7 Circles, ellipses and arcs</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC11" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC11">2.8 Bezier curves</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC12" HREF="texdraw_2.html#SEC12">2.9 Fill commands</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC13" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC13">3. Drawing Segments and Scaling</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC14" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC14">3.1 Drawing segments</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC15" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC15">3.2 Drawing paths</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC16" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC16">3.3 Saving positions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC17" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC17">3.4 Scaling coordinates</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC18" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC18">3.5 Drawing size</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC19" HREF="texdraw_3.html#SEC19">3.6 Initial current position</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC20" HREF="texdraw_4.html#SEC20">4. Using TeXdraw with LaTeX</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC21" HREF="texdraw_4.html#SEC21">4.1 PostScript printer drivers</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC22" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC22">5. More Details</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC23" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC23">5.1 Errors while using TeXdraw</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC24" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC24">5.2 Extending TeXdraw</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC25" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC25">5.2.1 Scaling</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC26" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC26">5.2.2 Resolution</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC27" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC27">5.2.3 Text placement</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC28" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC28">5.2.4 The intermediate PostScript file</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC29" HREF="texdraw_5.html#SEC29">5.3 How TeXdraw merges graphics and text</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC30" HREF="texdraw_6.html#SEC30">A. PostScript Commands</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC31" HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC31">B. TeXdraw Toolbox</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC32" HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC32">B.1 Coordinate parsing</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC33" HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC33">B.2 Real arithmetic</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC34" HREF="texdraw_7.html#SEC34">B.3 Arrow curve</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC35" HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC35">C. Examples</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC36" HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC36">C.1 Block diagram of a lattice filter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC37" HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC37">C.2 Filter response graph</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC38" HREF="texdraw_8.html#SEC38">C.3 Geometric construction</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC39" HREF="texdraw_9.html#SEC39">D. Alphabetic listing of commands</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC40" HREF="texdraw_10.html#SEC40">Command Index</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC41" HREF="texdraw_11.html#SEC41">Concept Index</A>
+</UL>
+<P><HR><P>
+This document was generated on 10 March 2004 using
+<A HREF="http://wwwinfo.cern.ch/dis/texi2html/">texi2html</A>&nbsp;1.56k.
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texi2dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texi2dvi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..45e92ff8e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texi2dvi
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# texi2dvi --- smartly produce DVI files from texinfo sources
+
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# $Id: texi2dvi,v 1.7 1995/11/03 texdraw-V2R0 $
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this
+# program's maintainer or write to: The Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.; 59 Temple Place, Suite 330; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Commentary:
+
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+
+# Please send bug reports, etc. to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu
+# If possible, please send a copy of the output of the script called with
+# the `--debug' option when making a bug report.
+
+# In the interest of general portability, some common bourne shell
+# constructs were avoided because they weren't guaranteed to be available
+# in some earlier implementations.  I've tried to make this program as
+# portable as possible.  Welcome to unix, where the lowest common
+# denominator is rapidly diminishing.
+#
+# Among the more interesting lossages I noticed with some bourne shells
+# are:
+#     * No shell functions.
+#     * No `unset' builtin.
+#     * `shift' cannot take a numeric argument, and signals an error if
+#       there are no arguments to shift.
+
+# Code:
+
+# Name by which this script was invoked.
+progname=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's/[^\/]*\///g'`
+
+# This string is expanded by rcs automatically when this file is checked out.
+rcs_revision='$Revision: 1.7 $'
+version=`set - $rcs_revision; echo $2`
+
+# To prevent hairy quoting and escaping later.
+bq='`'
+eq="'"
+
+usage="Usage: $progname {options} [file1] {file2 {...}}
+(version $version)
+
+Options are:
+-D, --debug          Turn on shell debugging ($bq${bq}set -x$eq$eq).
+-h, --help           You're looking at it.
+-v, --version        Print version number.
+
+Arguments in brackets are required.  Those in braces are optional.
+"
+
+# Initialize variables.
+# Don't use `unset' since old bourne shells don't have this command.
+# Instead, assign them an empty value.
+# Some of these, like TEX and TEXINDEX, may be inherited from the environment
+backup_extension=.bak
+debug=
+orig_pwd="`pwd`"
+verbose=
+texindex="${TEXINDEX-texindex}"
+tex="${TEX-tex}"
+
+# Save this so we can construct a new TEXINPUTS path for each file to be
+# processed.
+TEXINPUTS_orig="$TEXINPUTS"
+export TEXINPUTS
+
+# Parse command line arguments.
+# Make sure that all wildcarded options are long enough to be unambiguous.
+# It's a good idea to document the full long option name in each case.
+# Long options which take arguments will need a `*' appended to the
+# canonical name to match the value appended after the `=' character.
+while : ; do
+  case $# in 0) break ;; esac
+  case "$1" in
+    -D | --debug | --d* )
+      debug=t
+      shift
+     ;;
+    -h | --help | --h* )
+      echo "$usage" 1>&2
+      exit 0
+     ;;
+    -v | --version | --v* )
+      echo "texi2dvi version $version" 1>&2
+      exit 0
+     ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+      shift
+      break
+     ;;
+    -* )
+      case "$1" in
+        --*=* ) arg=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//'` ;;
+        * )     arg="$1" ;;
+      esac
+      exec 1>&2
+      echo "$progname: unknown or ambiguous option $bq$arg$eq"
+      echo "$progname: Use $bq--help$eq for a list of options."
+      exit 1
+     ;;
+    * )
+      break
+     ;;
+   esac
+done
+
+# See if there are any command line args left (which will be interpreted as
+# filename arguments)
+case $# in
+  0 )
+    exec 1>&2
+    echo "$progname: at least one file name is required as an argument."
+    echo "$progname: Use $bq--help$eq for a description of command syntax."
+    exit 2
+   ;;
+esac
+
+case "$debug" in t ) set -x ;; esac
+
+# Texify files
+for command_line_filename in ${1+"$@"} ; do
+   # Roughly equivalent to `dirname ...`, but more portable
+   directory="`echo ${command_line_filename} | sed 's/\/[^\/]*$//'`"
+   filename_texi="`basename ${command_line_filename}`"
+   # Strip off the last extension part (probably .texinfo or .texi)
+   filename_noext="`echo ${filename_texi} | sed 's/\.[^.]*$//'`"
+
+   # If directory and file are the same, then it's probably because there's
+   # no pathname component.  Set dirname to `.', the current directory.
+   if test "z${directory}" = "z${command_line_filename}" ; then
+      directory="."
+   fi
+
+   # Source file might @include additional texinfo sources.  Put `.' and
+   # directory where source file(s) reside in TEXINPUTS before anything
+   # else.  `.' goes first to ensure that any old .aux, .cps, etc. files in
+   # ${directory} don't get used in preference to fresher files in `.'.
+   TEXINPUTS=".:${directory}:${TEXINPUTS_orig}"
+
+   # "Unset" variables that might have values from previous iterations and
+   # which won't be completely reset later.
+   definite_index_files=""
+
+   # See if file exists here.  If it doesn't we're in trouble since, even
+   # though the user may be able to reenter a valid filename at the tex
+   # prompt (assuming they're attending the terminal), this script won't be
+   # able to find the right index files and so forth.
+   if test ! -r "${command_line_filename}" ; then
+      echo "${progname}: ${command_line_filename}: No such file or permission denied." 1>&2
+      continue;
+   fi
+
+   # Find all files having root filename with a two-letter extension,
+   # determine whether they're really index files, and save them.  Foo.aux
+   # is actually the cross-references file, but we need to keep track of
+   # that too.
+   possible_index_files="`eval echo ${filename_noext}.?? ${filename_noext}.aux`"
+   for this_file in ${possible_index_files} ; do
+      # If file is empty, forget it.
+      if test ! -s "${this_file}" ; then
+         continue;
+      fi
+
+      # Examine first character of file.  If it's not a backslash or
+      # single quote, then it's definitely not an index or xref file.
+      first_character="`sed -n '1s/^\(.\).*$/\1/p;q' ${this_file}`"
+      if test "${first_character}" = "\\" -o "${first_character}" = "'" ; then
+         definite_index_files="${definite_index_files} ${this_file}"
+      fi
+   done
+   orig_index_files="${definite_index_files}"
+   orig_index_files_sans_aux="`echo ${definite_index_files} \
+                                | sed 's/'${filename_noext}'\.aux//;
+                                       s/^[ ]*//;s/[ ]*$//;'`"
+
+   # Now save copies of original index files so we have some means of
+   # comparison later.
+   for index_file_to_save in ${orig_index_files} ; do
+       cp "${index_file_to_save}" "${index_file_to_save}${backup_extension}"
+   done
+
+   # Run texindex on current index files.  If they already exist, and
+   # after running TeX a first time the index files don't change, then
+   # there's no reason to run TeX again.  But we won't know that if the
+   # index files are out of date or nonexistent.
+   if test "${orig_index_files_sans_aux}" ; then
+      ${texindex} ${orig_index_files_sans_aux}
+   fi
+
+   if ${tex} ${command_line_filename} ; then		# TeX run first time
+      definite_index_files=""
+      # Get list of new index files
+      possible_index_files="`eval echo ${filename_noext}.?? ${filename_noext}.aux`"
+      for this_file in ${possible_index_files} ; do
+         # If file is empty, forget it.
+         if test ! -s ${this_file} ; then
+            continue;
+         fi
+
+         # Examine first character of file.  If it's not a backslash or
+         # single quote, then it's definitely not an index or xref file.
+         first_character="`sed -n '1s/^\(.\).*$/\1/p;q' ${this_file}`"
+         if test "${first_character}" = "\\" -o "${first_character}" = "'" ; then
+            definite_index_files="${definite_index_files} ${this_file}"
+         fi
+      done
+      new_index_files="${definite_index_files}"
+      new_index_files_sans_aux="`echo ${definite_index_files} \
+                                  | sed 's/'${filename_noext}'\.aux//;
+                                         s/^[ ]*//;s/[ ]*$//;'`"
+
+      # If old and new list don't at least have the same file list, then one
+      # file or another has definitely changed.
+      if test "${orig_index_files}" != "${new_index_files}" ; then
+         index_files_changed_p=t
+      else
+         # File list is the same.  We must compare each file until we find a
+         # difference.
+         index_files_changed_p=""
+         for this_file in ${new_index_files} ; do
+            # cmp -s will return nonzero exit status if files differ.
+            cmp -s "${this_file}" "${this_file}${backup_extension}"
+            if test $? -ne 0  ; then
+               # We only need to keep comparing until we find *one* that
+               # differs, because we'll have to run texindex & tex no
+               # matter what.
+               index_files_changed_p=t
+               break
+            fi
+         done
+      fi
+
+      # If index files have changed since TeX has been run, or if the aux
+      # file wasn't present originally, run texindex and TeX again.
+      if test "${index_files_changed_p}"  ; then
+         retval=0
+         if test "${new_index_files_sans_aux}" ; then
+            ${texindex} ${new_index_files_sans_aux}
+            retval=$?
+         fi
+         if test ${retval} -eq 0 ; then
+            ${tex} "${command_line_filename}"
+         fi
+      fi
+   fi
+
+   # Generate list of files to delete, then call rm once with the entire
+   # list.  This is significantly faster than multiple executions of rm.
+   file_list=""
+   for file in ${orig_index_files} ; do
+       file_list="${file_list} ${file}${backup_extension}"
+   done
+   if test "${file_list}" ; then
+      rm -f ${file_list}
+   fi
+done
+
+# texi2dvi ends here
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texindex.c b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texindex.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a88d5169691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/texindex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1700 @@
+/* Prepare TeX index dribble output into an actual index.
+
+   Version 1.45
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS)
+#  include <string.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#  if !defined (bzero)
+#    define bzero(p, n) memset((p), '\0', (n))
+#  endif /* !bzero */
+#else /* !STDC_HEADERS */
+extern int errno;
+char *getenv (), *malloc (), *realloc ();
+void bzero ();
+#endif /* !STDC_HEADERS */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+long lseek ();
+#endif /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+char *mktemp ();
+
+#if defined (VMS)
+#  if !defined (VAX11C)
+#    define noshare
+#  endif /* !VAX11C */
+#  include <perror.h>
+extern noshare int sys_nerr;
+extern noshare char *sys_errlist[];
+
+#  include <file.h>
+
+#  define TI_NO_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 1)
+#  define TI_FATAL_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 4)
+#  define unlink delete
+
+#else /* !VMS */
+
+extern int sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H)
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#    include <sys/fcntl.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */
+
+#  if defined (_AIX) || !defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
+#    include <sys/file.h>
+#  else /* !AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */
+#    if !defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H)
+#      include <fcntl.h>
+#    endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL_H */
+#  endif /* !_AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */
+#  define TI_NO_ERROR 0
+#  define TI_FATAL_ERROR 1
+#endif /* !VMS */
+
+#if !defined (SEEK_SET)
+#  define SEEK_SET 0
+#  define SEEK_CUR 1
+#  define SEEK_END 2
+#endif /* !SEEK_SET */
+
+/* When sorting in core, this structure describes one line
+   and the position and length of its first keyfield.  */
+struct lineinfo
+{
+  char *text;		/* The actual text of the line. */
+  union {
+    char *text;		/* The start of the key (for textual comparison). */
+    long number;	/* The numeric value (for numeric comparison). */
+  } key;
+  long keylen;		/* Length of KEY field. */
+};
+
+/* This structure describes a field to use as a sort key. */
+struct keyfield
+{
+  int startwords;	/* Number of words to skip. */
+  int startchars;	/* Number of additional chars to skip. */
+  int endwords;		/* Number of words to ignore at end. */
+  int endchars;		/* Ditto for characters of last word. */
+  char ignore_blanks;	/* Non-zero means ignore spaces and tabs. */
+  char fold_case;	/* Non-zero means case doesn't matter. */
+  char reverse;		/* Non-zero means compare in reverse order. */
+  char numeric;		/* Non-zeros means field is ASCII numeric. */
+  char positional;	/* Sort according to file position. */
+  char braced;		/* Count balanced-braced groupings as fields. */
+};
+
+/* Vector of keyfields to use. */
+struct keyfield keyfields[3];
+
+/* Number of keyfields stored in that vector.  */
+int num_keyfields = 3;
+
+/* Vector of input file names, terminated with a null pointer. */
+char **infiles;
+
+/* Vector of corresponding output file names, or NULL, meaning default it
+   (add an `s' to the end). */
+char **outfiles;
+
+/* Length of `infiles'. */
+int num_infiles;
+
+/* Pointer to the array of pointers to lines being sorted. */
+char **linearray;
+
+/* The allocated length of `linearray'. */
+long nlines;
+
+/* Directory to use for temporary files.  On Unix, it ends with a slash.  */
+char *tempdir;
+
+/* Start of filename to use for temporary files.  */
+char *tempbase;
+
+/* Number of last temporary file.  */
+int tempcount;
+
+/* Number of last temporary file already deleted.
+   Temporary files are deleted by `flush_tempfiles' in order of creation.  */
+int last_deleted_tempcount;
+
+/* During in-core sort, this points to the base of the data block
+   which contains all the lines of data.  */
+char *text_base;
+
+/* Additional command switches .*/
+
+/* Nonzero means do not delete tempfiles -- for debugging. */
+int keep_tempfiles;
+
+/* The name this program was run with. */
+char *program_name;
+
+/* Forward declarations of functions in this file. */
+
+void decode_command ();
+void sort_in_core ();
+void sort_offline ();
+char **parsefile ();
+char *find_field ();
+char *find_pos ();
+long find_value ();
+char *find_braced_pos ();
+char *find_braced_end ();
+void writelines ();
+int compare_field ();
+int compare_full ();
+long readline ();
+int merge_files ();
+int merge_direct ();
+void pfatal_with_name ();
+void fatal ();
+void error ();
+void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+char *concat ();
+char *maketempname ();
+void flush_tempfiles ();
+char *tempcopy ();
+
+#define MAX_IN_CORE_SORT 500000
+
+void
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  tempcount = 0;
+  last_deleted_tempcount = 0;
+  program_name = argv[0];
+
+  /* Describe the kind of sorting to do. */
+  /* The first keyfield uses the first braced field and folds case. */
+  keyfields[0].braced = 1;
+  keyfields[0].fold_case = 1;
+  keyfields[0].endwords = -1;
+  keyfields[0].endchars = -1;
+
+  /* The second keyfield uses the second braced field, numerically. */
+  keyfields[1].braced = 1;
+  keyfields[1].numeric = 1;
+  keyfields[1].startwords = 1;
+  keyfields[1].endwords = -1;
+  keyfields[1].endchars = -1;
+
+  /* The third keyfield (which is ignored while discarding duplicates)
+     compares the whole line. */
+  keyfields[2].endwords = -1;
+  keyfields[2].endchars = -1;
+
+  decode_command (argc, argv);
+
+  tempbase = mktemp (concat ("txiXXXXXX", "", ""));
+
+  /* Process input files completely, one by one.  */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < num_infiles; i++)
+    {
+      int desc;
+      long ptr;
+      char *outfile;
+
+      desc = open (infiles[i], O_RDONLY, 0);
+      if (desc < 0)
+	pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]);
+      lseek (desc, 0L, SEEK_END);
+      ptr = lseek (desc, 0L, SEEK_CUR);
+
+      close (desc);
+
+      outfile = outfiles[i];
+      if (!outfile)
+	{
+	  outfile = concat (infiles[i], "s", "");
+	}
+
+      if (ptr < MAX_IN_CORE_SORT)
+	/* Sort a small amount of data. */
+	sort_in_core (infiles[i], ptr, outfile);
+      else
+	sort_offline (infiles[i], ptr, outfile);
+    }
+
+  flush_tempfiles (tempcount);
+  exit (TI_NO_ERROR);
+}
+
+void
+usage ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "\
+Usage: %s [-k] infile [-o outfile] ...\n", program_name);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+/* Decode the command line arguments to set the parameter variables
+   and set up the vector of keyfields and the vector of input files. */
+
+void
+decode_command (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int optc;
+  char **ip;
+  char **op;
+
+  /* Store default values into parameter variables. */
+
+  tempdir = getenv ("TMPDIR");
+#ifdef VMS
+  if (tempdir == NULL)
+    tempdir = "sys$scratch:";
+#else
+  if (tempdir == NULL)
+    tempdir = "/tmp/";
+  else
+    tempdir = concat (tempdir, "/", "");
+#endif
+
+  keep_tempfiles = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate ARGC input files, which must be enough.  */
+
+  infiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *));
+  outfiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *));
+  ip = infiles;
+  op = outfiles;
+
+  while ((optc = getopt (argc, argv, "-ko:")) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (optc)
+	{
+	case 1:		/* Non-option filename. */
+	  *ip++ = optarg;
+	  *op++ = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'k':
+	  keep_tempfiles = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'o':
+	  if (op > outfiles)
+	    *(op - 1) = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  usage ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Record number of keyfields and terminate list of filenames. */
+  num_infiles = ip - infiles;
+  *ip = 0;
+  if (num_infiles == 0)
+    usage ();
+}
+
+/* Return a name for a temporary file. */
+
+char *
+maketempname (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  char tempsuffix[10];
+  sprintf (tempsuffix, "%d", count);
+  return concat (tempdir, tempbase, tempsuffix);
+}
+
+/* Delete all temporary files up to TO_COUNT. */
+
+void
+flush_tempfiles (to_count)
+     int to_count;
+{
+  if (keep_tempfiles)
+    return;
+  while (last_deleted_tempcount < to_count)
+    unlink (maketempname (++last_deleted_tempcount));
+}
+
+/* Copy the input file open on IDESC into a temporary file
+   and return the temporary file name. */
+
+#define BUFSIZE 1024
+
+char *
+tempcopy (idesc)
+     int idesc;
+{
+  char *outfile = maketempname (++tempcount);
+  int odesc;
+  char buffer[BUFSIZE];
+
+  odesc = open (outfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0666);
+
+  if (odesc < 0)
+    pfatal_with_name (outfile);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int nread = read (idesc, buffer, BUFSIZE);
+      write (odesc, buffer, nread);
+      if (!nread)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  close (odesc);
+
+  return outfile;
+}
+
+/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2 according to the specified set of keyfields. */
+
+int
+compare_full (line1, line2)
+     char **line1, **line2;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Compare using the first keyfield;
+     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield;
+     and so on. */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < num_keyfields; i++)
+    {
+      long length1, length2;
+      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line1, &length1);
+      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line2, &length2);
+      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, *line1 - text_base,
+			       start2, length2, *line2 - text_base);
+      if (tem)
+	{
+	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
+	    return -tem;
+	  return tem;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
+}
+
+/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2, described by structures
+   in which the first keyfield is identified in advance.
+   For positional sorting, assumes that the order of the lines in core
+   reflects their nominal order.  */
+
+int
+compare_prepared (line1, line2)
+     struct lineinfo *line1, *line2;
+{
+  int i;
+  int tem;
+  char *text1, *text2;
+
+  /* Compare using the first keyfield, which has been found for us already. */
+  if (keyfields->positional)
+    {
+      if (line1->text - text_base > line2->text - text_base)
+	tem = 1;
+      else
+	tem = -1;
+    }
+  else if (keyfields->numeric)
+    tem = line1->key.number - line2->key.number;
+  else
+    tem = compare_field (keyfields, line1->key.text, line1->keylen, 0,
+			 line2->key.text, line2->keylen, 0);
+  if (tem)
+    {
+      if (keyfields->reverse)
+	return -tem;
+      return tem;
+    }
+
+  text1 = line1->text;
+  text2 = line2->text;
+
+  /* Compare using the second keyfield;
+     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the third keyfield;
+     and so on. */
+
+  for (i = 1; i < num_keyfields; i++)
+    {
+      long length1, length2;
+      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text1, &length1);
+      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text2, &length2);
+      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, text1 - text_base,
+			       start2, length2, text2 - text_base);
+      if (tem)
+	{
+	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
+	    return -tem;
+	  return tem;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
+}
+
+/* Like compare_full but more general.
+   You can pass any strings, and you can say how many keyfields to use.
+   POS1 and POS2 should indicate the nominal positional ordering of
+   the two lines in the input.  */
+
+int
+compare_general (str1, str2, pos1, pos2, use_keyfields)
+     char *str1, *str2;
+     long pos1, pos2;
+     int use_keyfields;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Compare using the first keyfield;
+     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield;
+     and so on. */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < use_keyfields; i++)
+    {
+      long length1, length2;
+      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str1, &length1);
+      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str2, &length2);
+      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, pos1,
+			       start2, length2, pos2);
+      if (tem)
+	{
+	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
+	    return -tem;
+	  return tem;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
+}
+
+/* Find the start and length of a field in STR according to KEYFIELD.
+   A pointer to the starting character is returned, and the length
+   is stored into the int that LENGTHPTR points to.  */
+
+char *
+find_field (keyfield, str, lengthptr)
+     struct keyfield *keyfield;
+     char *str;
+     long *lengthptr;
+{
+  char *start;
+  char *end;
+  char *(*fun) ();
+
+  if (keyfield->braced)
+    fun = find_braced_pos;
+  else
+    fun = find_pos;
+
+  start = (*fun) (str, keyfield->startwords, keyfield->startchars,
+		  keyfield->ignore_blanks);
+  if (keyfield->endwords < 0)
+    {
+      if (keyfield->braced)
+	end = find_braced_end (start);
+      else
+	{
+	  end = start;
+	  while (*end && *end != '\n')
+	    end++;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      end = (*fun) (str, keyfield->endwords, keyfield->endchars, 0);
+      if (end - str < start - str)
+	end = start;
+    }
+  *lengthptr = end - start;
+  return start;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to a specified place within STR,
+   skipping (from the beginning) WORDS words and then CHARS chars.
+   If IGNORE_BLANKS is nonzero, we skip all blanks
+   after finding the specified word.  */
+
+char *
+find_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks)
+     char *str;
+     int words, chars;
+     int ignore_blanks;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *p = str;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < words; i++)
+    {
+      char c;
+      /* Find next bunch of nonblanks and skip them. */
+      while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t')
+	p++;
+      while ((c = *p) && c != '\n' && !(c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
+	p++;
+      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
+	return p;
+    }
+
+  while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
+    p++;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < chars; i++)
+    {
+      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
+	break;
+      p++;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Like find_pos but assumes that each field is surrounded by braces
+   and that braces within fields are balanced. */
+
+char *
+find_braced_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks)
+     char *str;
+     int words, chars;
+     int ignore_blanks;
+{
+  int i;
+  int bracelevel;
+  char *p = str;
+  char c;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < words; i++)
+    {
+      bracelevel = 1;
+      while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c)
+	/* Do nothing. */ ;
+      if (c != '{')
+	return p - 1;
+      while (bracelevel)
+	{
+	  c = *p++;
+	  if (c == '{')
+	    bracelevel++;
+	  if (c == '}')
+	    bracelevel--;
+	  if (c == 0 || c == '\n')
+	    return p - 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c)
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+  if (c != '{')
+    return p - 1;
+
+  if (ignore_blanks)
+    while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t')
+      p++;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < chars; i++)
+    {
+      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
+	break;
+      p++;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Find the end of the balanced-brace field which starts at STR.
+   The position returned is just before the closing brace. */
+
+char *
+find_braced_end (str)
+     char *str;
+{
+  int bracelevel;
+  char *p = str;
+  char c;
+
+  bracelevel = 1;
+  while (bracelevel)
+    {
+      c = *p++;
+      if (c == '{')
+	bracelevel++;
+      if (c == '}')
+	bracelevel--;
+      if (c == 0 || c == '\n')
+	return p - 1;
+    }
+  return p - 1;
+}
+
+long
+find_value (start, length)
+     char *start;
+     long length;
+{
+  while (length != 0L)
+    {
+      if (isdigit (*start))
+	return atol (start);
+      length--;
+      start++;
+    }
+  return 0l;
+}
+
+/* Vector used to translate characters for comparison.
+   This is how we make all alphanumerics follow all else,
+   and ignore case in the first sorting.  */
+int char_order[256];
+
+void
+init_char_order ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < 256; i++)
+    char_order[i] = i;
+
+  for (i = '0'; i <= '9'; i++)
+    char_order[i] += 512;
+
+  for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; i++)
+    {
+      char_order[i] = 512 + i;
+      char_order[i + 'A' - 'a'] = 512 + i;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Compare two fields (each specified as a start pointer and a character count)
+   according to KEYFIELD.
+   The sign of the value reports the relation between the fields. */
+
+int
+compare_field (keyfield, start1, length1, pos1, start2, length2, pos2)
+     struct keyfield *keyfield;
+     char *start1;
+     long length1;
+     long pos1;
+     char *start2;
+     long length2;
+     long pos2;
+{
+  if (keyfields->positional)
+    {
+      if (pos1 > pos2)
+	return 1;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  if (keyfield->numeric)
+    {
+      long value = find_value (start1, length1) - find_value (start2, length2);
+      if (value > 0)
+	return 1;
+      if (value < 0)
+	return -1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p1 = start1;
+      char *p2 = start2;
+      char *e1 = start1 + length1;
+      char *e2 = start2 + length2;
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  int c1, c2;
+
+	  if (p1 == e1)
+	    c1 = 0;
+	  else
+	    c1 = *p1++;
+	  if (p2 == e2)
+	    c2 = 0;
+	  else
+	    c2 = *p2++;
+
+	  if (char_order[c1] != char_order[c2])
+	    return char_order[c1] - char_order[c2];
+	  if (!c1)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      /* Strings are equal except possibly for case.  */
+      p1 = start1;
+      p2 = start2;
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  int c1, c2;
+
+	  if (p1 == e1)
+	    c1 = 0;
+	  else
+	    c1 = *p1++;
+	  if (p2 == e2)
+	    c2 = 0;
+	  else
+	    c2 = *p2++;
+
+	  if (c1 != c2)
+	    /* Reverse sign here so upper case comes out last.  */
+	    return c2 - c1;
+	  if (!c1)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* A `struct linebuffer' is a structure which holds a line of text.
+   `readline' reads a line from a stream into a linebuffer
+   and works regardless of the length of the line.  */
+
+struct linebuffer
+{
+  long size;
+  char *buffer;
+};
+
+/* Initialize LINEBUFFER for use. */
+
+void
+initbuffer (linebuffer)
+     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+{
+  linebuffer->size = 200;
+  linebuffer->buffer = (char *) xmalloc (200);
+}
+
+/* Read a line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
+   Return the length of the line.  */
+
+long
+readline (linebuffer, stream)
+     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
+  char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
+  char *end = p + linebuffer->size;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int c = getc (stream);
+      if (p == end)
+	{
+	  buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size *= 2);
+	  p += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
+	  end += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
+	  linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
+	}
+      if (c < 0 || c == '\n')
+	{
+	  *p = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+      *p++ = c;
+    }
+
+  return p - buffer;
+}
+
+/* Sort an input file too big to sort in core.  */
+
+void
+sort_offline (infile, nfiles, total, outfile)
+     char *infile;
+     int nfiles;
+     long total;
+     char *outfile;
+{
+  /* More than enough. */
+  int ntemps = 2 * (total + MAX_IN_CORE_SORT - 1) / MAX_IN_CORE_SORT;
+  char **tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *));
+  FILE *istream = fopen (infile, "r");
+  int i;
+  struct linebuffer lb;
+  long linelength;
+  int failure = 0;
+
+  initbuffer (&lb);
+
+  /* Read in one line of input data.  */
+
+  linelength = readline (&lb, istream);
+
+  if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@')
+    {
+      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Split up the input into `ntemps' temporary files, or maybe fewer,
+     and put the new files' names into `tempfiles' */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
+    {
+      char *outname = maketempname (++tempcount);
+      FILE *ostream = fopen (outname, "w");
+      long tempsize = 0;
+
+      if (!ostream)
+	pfatal_with_name (outname);
+      tempfiles[i] = outname;
+
+      /* Copy lines into this temp file as long as it does not make file
+	 "too big" or until there are no more lines.  */
+
+      while (tempsize + linelength + 1 <= MAX_IN_CORE_SORT)
+	{
+	  tempsize += linelength + 1;
+	  fputs (lb.buffer, ostream);
+	  putc ('\n', ostream);
+
+	  /* Read another line of input data.  */
+
+	  linelength = readline (&lb, istream);
+	  if (!linelength && feof (istream))
+	    break;
+
+	  if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@')
+	    {
+	      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
+	      failure = 1;
+	      goto fail;
+	    }
+	}
+      fclose (ostream);
+      if (feof (istream))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  free (lb.buffer);
+
+fail:
+  /* Record number of temp files we actually needed.  */
+
+  ntemps = i;
+
+  /* Sort each tempfile into another tempfile.
+    Delete the first set of tempfiles and put the names of the second
+    into `tempfiles'. */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
+    {
+      char *newtemp = maketempname (++tempcount);
+      sort_in_core (&tempfiles[i], MAX_IN_CORE_SORT, newtemp);
+      if (!keep_tempfiles)
+	unlink (tempfiles[i]);
+      tempfiles[i] = newtemp;
+    }
+
+  if (failure)
+    return;
+
+  /* Merge the tempfiles together and indexify. */
+
+  merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile);
+}
+
+/* Sort INFILE, whose size is TOTAL,
+   assuming that is small enough to be done in-core,
+   then indexify it and send the output to OUTFILE (or to stdout).  */
+
+void
+sort_in_core (infile, total, outfile)
+     char *infile;
+     long total;
+     char *outfile;
+{
+  char **nextline;
+  char *data = (char *) xmalloc (total + 1);
+  char *file_data;
+  long file_size;
+  int i;
+  FILE *ostream = stdout;
+  struct lineinfo *lineinfo;
+
+  /* Read the contents of the file into the moby array `data'. */
+
+  int desc = open (infile, O_RDONLY, 0);
+
+  if (desc < 0)
+    fatal ("failure reopening %s", infile);
+  for (file_size = 0;;)
+    {
+      i = read (desc, data + file_size, total - file_size);
+      if (i <= 0)
+	break;
+      file_size += i;
+    }
+  file_data = data;
+  data[file_size] = 0;
+
+  close (desc);
+
+  if (file_size > 0 && data[0] != '\\' && data[0] != '@')
+    {
+      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  init_char_order ();
+
+  /* Sort routines want to know this address. */
+
+  text_base = data;
+
+  /* Create the array of pointers to lines, with a default size
+     frequently enough.  */
+
+  nlines = total / 50;
+  if (!nlines)
+    nlines = 2;
+  linearray = (char **) xmalloc (nlines * sizeof (char *));
+
+  /* `nextline' points to the next free slot in this array.
+     `nlines' is the allocated size.  */
+
+  nextline = linearray;
+
+  /* Parse the input file's data, and make entries for the lines.  */
+
+  nextline = parsefile (infile, nextline, file_data, file_size);
+  if (nextline == 0)
+    {
+      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Sort the lines. */
+
+  /* If we have enough space, find the first keyfield of each line in advance.
+     Make a `struct lineinfo' for each line, which records the keyfield
+     as well as the line, and sort them.  */
+
+  lineinfo = (struct lineinfo *) malloc ((nextline - linearray) * sizeof (struct lineinfo));
+
+  if (lineinfo)
+    {
+      struct lineinfo *lp;
+      char **p;
+
+      for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++)
+	{
+	  lp->text = *p;
+	  lp->key.text = find_field (keyfields, *p, &lp->keylen);
+	  if (keyfields->numeric)
+	    lp->key.number = find_value (lp->key.text, lp->keylen);
+	}
+
+      qsort (lineinfo, nextline - linearray, sizeof (struct lineinfo), compare_prepared);
+
+      for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++)
+	*p = lp->text;
+
+      free (lineinfo);
+    }
+  else
+    qsort (linearray, nextline - linearray, sizeof (char *), compare_full);
+
+  /* Open the output file. */
+
+  if (outfile)
+    {
+      ostream = fopen (outfile, "w");
+      if (!ostream)
+	pfatal_with_name (outfile);
+    }
+
+  writelines (linearray, nextline - linearray, ostream);
+  if (outfile)
+    fclose (ostream);
+
+  free (linearray);
+  free (data);
+}
+
+/* Parse an input string in core into lines.
+   DATA is the input string, and SIZE is its length.
+   Data goes in LINEARRAY starting at NEXTLINE.
+   The value returned is the first entry in LINEARRAY still unused.
+   Value 0 means input file contents are invalid.  */
+
+char **
+parsefile (filename, nextline, data, size)
+     char *filename;
+     char **nextline;
+     char *data;
+     long size;
+{
+  char *p, *end;
+  char **line = nextline;
+
+  p = data;
+  end = p + size;
+  *end = 0;
+
+  while (p != end)
+    {
+      if (p[0] != '\\' && p[0] != '@')
+	return 0;
+
+      *line = p;
+      while (*p && *p != '\n')
+	p++;
+      if (p != end)
+	p++;
+
+      line++;
+      if (line == linearray + nlines)
+	{
+	  char **old = linearray;
+	  linearray = (char **) xrealloc (linearray, sizeof (char *) * (nlines *= 4));
+	  line += linearray - old;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return line;
+}
+
+/* Indexification is a filter applied to the sorted lines
+   as they are being written to the output file.
+   Multiple entries for the same name, with different page numbers,
+   get combined into a single entry with multiple page numbers.
+   The first braced field, which is used for sorting, is discarded.
+   However, its first character is examined, folded to lower case,
+   and if it is different from that in the previous line fed to us
+   a \initial line is written with one argument, the new initial.
+
+   If an entry has four braced fields, then the second and third
+   constitute primary and secondary names.
+   In this case, each change of primary name
+   generates a \primary line which contains only the primary name,
+   and in between these are \secondary lines which contain
+   just a secondary name and page numbers. */
+
+/* The last primary name we wrote a \primary entry for.
+   If only one level of indexing is being done, this is the last name seen. */
+char *lastprimary;
+/* Length of storage allocated for lastprimary. */
+int lastprimarylength;
+
+/* Similar, for the secondary name. */
+char *lastsecondary;
+int lastsecondarylength;
+
+/* Zero if we are not in the middle of writing an entry.
+   One if we have written the beginning of an entry but have not
+   yet written any page numbers into it.
+   Greater than one if we have written the beginning of an entry
+   plus at least one page number. */
+int pending;
+
+/* The initial (for sorting purposes) of the last primary entry written.
+   When this changes, a \initial {c} line is written */
+
+char *lastinitial;
+
+int lastinitiallength;
+
+/* When we need a string of length 1 for the value of lastinitial,
+   store it here.  */
+
+char lastinitial1[2];
+
+/* Initialize static storage for writing an index. */
+
+void
+init_index ()
+{
+  pending = 0;
+  lastinitial = lastinitial1;
+  lastinitial1[0] = 0;
+  lastinitial1[1] = 0;
+  lastinitiallength = 0;
+  lastprimarylength = 100;
+  lastprimary = (char *) xmalloc (lastprimarylength + 1);
+  bzero (lastprimary, lastprimarylength + 1);
+  lastsecondarylength = 100;
+  lastsecondary = (char *) xmalloc (lastsecondarylength + 1);
+  bzero (lastsecondary, lastsecondarylength + 1);
+}
+
+/* Indexify.  Merge entries for the same name,
+   insert headers for each initial character, etc.  */
+
+void
+indexify (line, ostream)
+     char *line;
+     FILE *ostream;
+{
+  char *primary, *secondary, *pagenumber;
+  int primarylength, secondarylength = 0, pagelength;
+  int nosecondary;
+  int initiallength;
+  char *initial;
+  char initial1[2];
+  register char *p;
+
+  /* First, analyze the parts of the entry fed to us this time. */
+
+  p = find_braced_pos (line, 0, 0, 0);
+  if (*p == '{')
+    {
+      initial = p;
+      /* Get length of inner pair of braces starting at `p',
+	 including that inner pair of braces.  */
+      initiallength = find_braced_end (p + 1) + 1 - p;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      initial = initial1;
+      initial1[0] = *p;
+      initial1[1] = 0;
+      initiallength = 1;
+
+      if (initial1[0] >= 'a' && initial1[0] <= 'z')
+	initial1[0] -= 040;
+    }
+
+  pagenumber = find_braced_pos (line, 1, 0, 0);
+  pagelength = find_braced_end (pagenumber) - pagenumber;
+  if (pagelength == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  primary = find_braced_pos (line, 2, 0, 0);
+  primarylength = find_braced_end (primary) - primary;
+
+  secondary = find_braced_pos (line, 3, 0, 0);
+  nosecondary = !*secondary;
+  if (!nosecondary)
+    secondarylength = find_braced_end (secondary) - secondary;
+
+  /* If the primary is different from before, make a new primary entry. */
+  if (strncmp (primary, lastprimary, primarylength))
+    {
+      /* Close off current secondary entry first, if one is open. */
+      if (pending)
+	{
+	  fputs ("}\n", ostream);
+	  pending = 0;
+	}
+
+      /* If this primary has a different initial, include an entry for
+	 the initial. */
+      if (initiallength != lastinitiallength ||
+	  strncmp (initial, lastinitial, initiallength))
+	{
+	  fprintf (ostream, "\\initial {");
+	  fwrite (initial, 1, initiallength, ostream);
+	  fprintf (ostream, "}\n", initial);
+	  if (initial == initial1)
+	    {
+	      lastinitial = lastinitial1;
+	      *lastinitial1 = *initial1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      lastinitial = initial;
+	    }
+	  lastinitiallength = initiallength;
+	}
+
+      /* Make the entry for the primary.  */
+      if (nosecondary)
+	fputs ("\\entry {", ostream);
+      else
+	fputs ("\\primary {", ostream);
+      fwrite (primary, primarylength, 1, ostream);
+      if (nosecondary)
+	{
+	  fputs ("}{", ostream);
+	  pending = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	fputs ("}\n", ostream);
+
+      /* Record name of most recent primary. */
+      if (lastprimarylength < primarylength)
+	{
+	  lastprimarylength = primarylength + 100;
+	  lastprimary = (char *) xrealloc (lastprimary,
+					   1 + lastprimarylength);
+	}
+      strncpy (lastprimary, primary, primarylength);
+      lastprimary[primarylength] = 0;
+
+      /* There is no current secondary within this primary, now. */
+      lastsecondary[0] = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Should not have an entry with no subtopic following one with a subtopic. */
+
+  if (nosecondary && *lastsecondary)
+    error ("entry %s follows an entry with a secondary name", line);
+
+  /* Start a new secondary entry if necessary. */
+  if (!nosecondary && strncmp (secondary, lastsecondary, secondarylength))
+    {
+      if (pending)
+	{
+	  fputs ("}\n", ostream);
+	  pending = 0;
+	}
+
+      /* Write the entry for the secondary.  */
+      fputs ("\\secondary {", ostream);
+      fwrite (secondary, secondarylength, 1, ostream);
+      fputs ("}{", ostream);
+      pending = 1;
+
+      /* Record name of most recent secondary. */
+      if (lastsecondarylength < secondarylength)
+	{
+	  lastsecondarylength = secondarylength + 100;
+	  lastsecondary = (char *) xrealloc (lastsecondary,
+					     1 + lastsecondarylength);
+	}
+      strncpy (lastsecondary, secondary, secondarylength);
+      lastsecondary[secondarylength] = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Here to add one more page number to the current entry. */
+  if (pending++ != 1)
+    fputs (", ", ostream);	/* Punctuate first, if this is not the first. */
+  fwrite (pagenumber, pagelength, 1, ostream);
+}
+
+/* Close out any unfinished output entry. */
+
+void
+finish_index (ostream)
+     FILE *ostream;
+{
+  if (pending)
+    fputs ("}\n", ostream);
+  free (lastprimary);
+  free (lastsecondary);
+}
+
+/* Copy the lines in the sorted order.
+   Each line is copied out of the input file it was found in. */
+
+void
+writelines (linearray, nlines, ostream)
+     char **linearray;
+     int nlines;
+     FILE *ostream;
+{
+  char **stop_line = linearray + nlines;
+  char **next_line;
+
+  init_index ();
+
+  /* Output the text of the lines, and free the buffer space. */
+
+  for (next_line = linearray; next_line != stop_line; next_line++)
+    {
+      /* If -u was specified, output the line only if distinct from previous one.  */
+      if (next_line == linearray
+      /* Compare previous line with this one, using only the
+         explicitly specd keyfields. */
+	  || compare_general (*(next_line - 1), *next_line, 0L, 0L, num_keyfields - 1))
+	{
+	  char *p = *next_line;
+	  char c;
+
+	  while ((c = *p++) && c != '\n')
+	    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+	  *(p - 1) = 0;
+	  indexify (*next_line, ostream);
+	}
+    }
+
+  finish_index (ostream);
+}
+
+/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted;
+   merge them and output the result.
+   Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted.
+
+   This is the high-level interface that can handle an unlimited
+   number of files.  */
+
+#define MAX_DIRECT_MERGE 10
+
+int
+merge_files (infiles, nfiles, outfile)
+     char **infiles;
+     int nfiles;
+     char *outfile;
+{
+  char **tempfiles;
+  int ntemps;
+  int i;
+  int value = 0;
+  int start_tempcount = tempcount;
+
+  if (nfiles <= MAX_DIRECT_MERGE)
+    return merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile);
+
+  /* Merge groups of MAX_DIRECT_MERGE input files at a time,
+     making a temporary file to hold each group's result.  */
+
+  ntemps = (nfiles + MAX_DIRECT_MERGE - 1) / MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
+  tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *));
+  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
+    {
+      int nf = MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
+      if (i + 1 == ntemps)
+	nf = nfiles - i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
+      tempfiles[i] = maketempname (++tempcount);
+      value |= merge_direct (&infiles[i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE], nf, tempfiles[i]);
+    }
+
+  /* All temporary files that existed before are no longer needed
+     since their contents have been merged into our new tempfiles.
+     So delete them.  */
+  flush_tempfiles (start_tempcount);
+
+  /* Now merge the temporary files we created.  */
+
+  merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile);
+
+  free (tempfiles);
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted;
+   merge them and output the result.
+   Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted.
+
+   This version of merging will not work if the number of
+   input files gets too high.  Higher level functions
+   use it only with a bounded number of input files.  */
+
+int
+merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile)
+     char **infiles;
+     int nfiles;
+     char *outfile;
+{
+  struct linebuffer *lb1, *lb2;
+  struct linebuffer **thisline, **prevline;
+  FILE **streams;
+  int i;
+  int nleft;
+  int lossage = 0;
+  int *file_lossage;
+  struct linebuffer *prev_out = 0;
+  FILE *ostream = stdout;
+
+  if (outfile)
+    {
+      ostream = fopen (outfile, "w");
+    }
+  if (!ostream)
+    pfatal_with_name (outfile);
+
+  init_index ();
+
+  if (nfiles == 0)
+    {
+      if (outfile)
+	fclose (ostream);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* For each file, make two line buffers.
+     Also, for each file, there is an element of `thisline'
+     which points at any time to one of the file's two buffers,
+     and an element of `prevline' which points to the other buffer.
+     `thisline' is supposed to point to the next available line from the file,
+     while `prevline' holds the last file line used,
+     which is remembered so that we can verify that the file is properly sorted. */
+
+  /* lb1 and lb2 contain one buffer each per file. */
+  lb1 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer));
+  lb2 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer));
+
+  /* thisline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the next available line in file i,
+     or is zero if there are no lines left in that file.  */
+  thisline = (struct linebuffer **)
+    xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *));
+  /* prevline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the last used line
+     from file i.  This is just for verifying that file i is properly
+     sorted.  */
+  prevline = (struct linebuffer **)
+    xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *));
+  /* streams[i] holds the input stream for file i.  */
+  streams = (FILE **) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (FILE *));
+  /* file_lossage[i] is nonzero if we already know file i is not
+     properly sorted.  */
+  file_lossage = (int *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (int));
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize all that storage. */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
+    {
+      initbuffer (&lb1[i]);
+      initbuffer (&lb2[i]);
+      thisline[i] = &lb1[i];
+      prevline[i] = &lb2[i];
+      file_lossage[i] = 0;
+      streams[i] = fopen (infiles[i], "r");
+      if (!streams[i])
+	pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]);
+
+      readline (thisline[i], streams[i]);
+    }
+
+  /* Keep count of number of files not at eof. */
+  nleft = nfiles;
+
+  while (nleft)
+    {
+      struct linebuffer *best = 0;
+      struct linebuffer *exch;
+      int bestfile = -1;
+      int i;
+
+      /* Look at the next avail line of each file; choose the least one.  */
+
+      for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
+	{
+	  if (thisline[i] &&
+	      (!best ||
+	       0 < compare_general (best->buffer, thisline[i]->buffer,
+				 (long) bestfile, (long) i, num_keyfields)))
+	    {
+	      best = thisline[i];
+	      bestfile = i;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Output that line, unless it matches the previous one and we
+	 don't want duplicates. */
+
+      if (!(prev_out &&
+	    !compare_general (prev_out->buffer,
+			      best->buffer, 0L, 1L, num_keyfields - 1)))
+	indexify (best->buffer, ostream);
+      prev_out = best;
+
+      /* Now make the line the previous of its file, and fetch a new
+	 line from that file.  */
+
+      exch = prevline[bestfile];
+      prevline[bestfile] = thisline[bestfile];
+      thisline[bestfile] = exch;
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  /* If the file has no more, mark it empty. */
+
+	  if (feof (streams[bestfile]))
+	    {
+	      thisline[bestfile] = 0;
+	      /* Update the number of files still not empty. */
+	      nleft--;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  readline (thisline[bestfile], streams[bestfile]);
+	  if (thisline[bestfile]->buffer[0] || !feof (streams[bestfile]))
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  finish_index (ostream);
+
+  /* Free all storage and close all input streams. */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
+    {
+      fclose (streams[i]);
+      free (lb1[i].buffer);
+      free (lb2[i].buffer);
+    }
+  free (file_lossage);
+  free (lb1);
+  free (lb2);
+  free (thisline);
+  free (prevline);
+  free (streams);
+
+  if (outfile)
+    fclose (ostream);
+
+  return lossage;
+}
+
+/* Print error message and exit.  */
+
+void
+fatal (s1, s2)
+     char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  error (s1, s2);
+  exit (TI_FATAL_ERROR);
+}
+
+/* Print error message.  S1 is printf control string, S2 is arg for it. */
+
+void
+error (s1, s2)
+     char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  printf ("%s: ", program_name);
+  printf (s1, s2);
+  printf ("\n");
+}
+
+void
+perror_with_name (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  char *s;
+
+  if (errno < sys_nerr)
+    s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for %s");
+  else
+    s = "cannot open %s";
+  error (s, name);
+}
+
+void
+pfatal_with_name (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  char *s;
+
+  if (errno < sys_nerr)
+    s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for %s");
+  else
+    s = "cannot open %s";
+  fatal (s, name);
+}
+
+/* Return a newly-allocated string whose contents concatenate those of
+   S1, S2, S3.  */
+
+char *
+concat (s1, s2, s3)
+     char *s1, *s2, *s3;
+{
+  int len1 = strlen (s1), len2 = strlen (s2), len3 = strlen (s3);
+  char *result = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 1);
+
+  strcpy (result, s1);
+  strcpy (result + len1, s2);
+  strcpy (result + len1 + len2, s3);
+  *(result + len1 + len2 + len3) = 0;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Just like malloc, but kills the program in case of fatal error. */
+void *
+xmalloc (nbytes)
+     int nbytes;
+{
+  void *temp = (void *) malloc (nbytes);
+
+  if (nbytes && temp == (void *)NULL)
+    memory_error ("xmalloc", nbytes);
+
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Like realloc (), but barfs if there isn't enough memory. */
+void *
+xrealloc (pointer, nbytes)
+     void *pointer;
+     int nbytes;
+{
+  void *temp;
+
+  if (!pointer)
+    temp = (void *)xmalloc (nbytes);
+  else
+    temp = (void *)realloc (pointer, nbytes);
+
+  if (nbytes && !temp)
+    memory_error ("xrealloc", nbytes);
+
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+memory_error (callers_name, bytes_wanted)
+     char *callers_name;
+     int bytes_wanted;
+{
+  char printable_string[80];
+
+  sprintf (printable_string,
+	   "Virtual memory exhausted in %s ()!  Needed %d bytes.",
+	   callers_name, bytes_wanted);
+
+  error (printable_string);
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
+void
+bzero (b, length)
+     register char *b;
+     register int length;
+{
+#ifdef VMS
+  short zero = 0;
+  long max_str = 65535;
+
+  while (length > max_str)
+    {
+      (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &max_str, b);
+      length -= max_str;
+      b += max_str;
+    }
+  (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &length, b);
+#else
+  while (length-- > 0)
+    *b++ = 0;
+#endif /* not VMS */
+}
+#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.latex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.latex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c3ea8b4eee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.latex
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+% TeXdraw examples for latex
+
+% $Id: txdexamp.latex,v 2.0 1995/12/18 texdraw-V2R0 $
+
+% These examples are taken from the TeXdraw manual.
+
+%  Peter Kabal
+%  Department of Electrical Engineering
+%  McGill University
+%  3480 University
+%  Montreal, Quebec
+%  Canada  H3A 2A7
+
+%  kabal@TSP.EE.McGill.CA
+ 
+\documentclass [11pt]{article}
+\usepackage {texdraw}
+
+\input txdtools
+\let\et=\etexdraw
+\def\etexdraw{\drawbb\et}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\noindent
+TeXdraw examples using LaTeX.
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \avec (0 0.8) \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 0.9){\sl y}
+  \move (0 0) \avec (0.8 0) \textref h:L v:C \htext(0.9 0){\sl x}
+  \move (0 1.0)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \drawdim{cm} \linewd 0.02
+  \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \drawdim in
+  \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0.5 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(1.0 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1.5 0)
+  \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(2.0 0.5)
+  \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.5 0.5)
+  \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (0.35 0.50){\tt t:F}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.0 0.43){\tt t:V}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.82 0.50){\tt t:T}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (2.5 0.43){\tt t:H}
+  \textref h:R v:B \htext (2.8 0){\tt t:W}
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \newcommand{\bdot}{\bsegment
+                  \fcir f:0 r:0.02
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\Ttext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\Btext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\Ltext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\Rtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \move (-1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.55 +0.45) \move (-1.55 -0.45) \move (0 0)
+    \Ttext{Horizontal Text}
+    \bdot                   \Btext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 0)    \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 0)    \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (0 +0.3)    \bdot \Ttext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (0 -0.3)    \bdot \Btext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 -0.3)
+  \esegment
+  \newcommand{\atext}{\rtext td:45 }
+  \newcommand{\ATtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:B \atext (-0.06 +0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\ABtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:T \atext (+0.060 -0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\ALtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:R v:C \atext (-0.08 -0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\ARtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:L v:C \atext (+0.08 +0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \move (+1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.33 +1.33) \move (-1.33 -1.33) \move (0 0)
+    \setsegscale 0.707
+    \ATtext{Rotated Text}
+    \bdot                   \ABtext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.9) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 +0.9) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (-0.3 +0.3) \bdot \ATtext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (+0.3 -0.3) \bdot \ABtext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.6 -1.2) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-1.2 -0.6) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.6 +1.2) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+1.2 +0.6) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.6 -1.2)
+  \esegment
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\vfill
+\newpage
+
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \move(-0.75 -0.25) \lvec (-0.75 +0.5) \lvec (+0.75 +0.5)
+  \lvec(+0.75 -0.25) \ifill f:0.9         % fill the region
+  \move(0 0)
+             \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move (-1.15 -0.3) \move (+1.15 +0.92)  % increase the size of the drawing
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \linewd 0.02
+  \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+  \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+  \lvec ( 0.707  0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \newcommand{\Ltext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\Rtext}[1]{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \newcommand{\bdot}{\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+  \newcommand{\Ldot}[1]{\bdot \Ltext{#1}}
+  \newcommand{\Rdot}[1]{\bdot \Rtext{#1}}
+  \move (-2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move (0 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0}  \lvec (0.5 0.8) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1.5 0.8) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0.5 1)(1.5 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move ( 2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+  \esegment
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+\move (0.5 0)
+\lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+\lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+\lfill f:0.8
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\vfill
+\newpage
+
+
+\bigskip
+\newcommand{\tbox}[1]{\bsegment
+               \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+               \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+               \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+               \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+             \esegment
+             \move (*ex *ey)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
+  \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+  \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+  \rmove (0 0) % stroke the Bezier curve
+  \bsegment
+    \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+    \move ({-\cosa} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+  \esegment}
+
+\def\caw (#1 #2){
+  \currentpos \xa\ya
+  \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+
+% The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+% Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
+  \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+
+% calculate the length of the vector
+  \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+
+% draw the curve in normalized units
+  \bsegment
+    \setsegscale {\len}
+    \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+    \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
+  \esegment
+
+  \move (#1 #2)}
+
+% rotate a coordinate (x y)
+% arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+%  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+\def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
+  \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+  \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
+  \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+  \arrowheadtype t:W
+  \move (0 0)
+  \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+  \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
+  \move (0 1.13) \move (0 -0.04)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\vfill
+\newpage
+
+
+\bigskip
+\def\delay {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale 0.3
+              \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+              \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+              \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
+              \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+            \esegment
+            \move (*ex *ey)}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T  \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C  \htext (-0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C  \htext (+0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\cradius {0.08}
+\def\pluss {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale {\cradius}
+              \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+              \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+            \esegment}
+\def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
+\def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
+                         \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                         \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
+\def\putwsw #1{\puttext (-1.7 -1.2){#1}}
+\def\putn   #1{\puttext ( 0   +2  ){#1}}
+\def\puts   #1{\puttext ( 0   -2  ){#1}}
+\def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                     \bsegment
+                       \move (*tx *ty)
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \avec (*ex *ey)
+                     \move (#1 #2)}
+\def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \bsegment
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \move ({\cosa} \sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \move (*ex *ey)
+                     \avec (#1 #2)}
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+\drawdim in
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
+
+\move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+
+% Input to the first stage
+\bsegment
+  \Ltext{$x(n)$}
+  \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4)
+  \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+  \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% first lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
+  \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% center section
+\bsegment
+  \textref h:C v:C
+  \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% last lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
+\esegment
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\ds {\displaystyle}
+\def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
+                       \bsegment
+                         \lvec (0 0.05)
+                         \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C \htext ( 0.08 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+
+\move (2.4 -0.32)    % move to set the size
+
+\move (0 0)
+% Axes
+\avec (0  1.4)
+\move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
+\ticklab (0 0)   {0}
+\ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over  2N} $}
+\ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
+\ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
+
+\linewd 0.025
+\move (0 1)
+\lvec (0.4 1)
+\lvec (0.44 0.998)
+\lvec (0.48 0.988)
+\lvec (0.52 0.973)
+\lvec (0.56 0.951)
+\lvec (0.60 0.923)
+\lvec (0.64 0.891)
+\lvec (0.68 0.852)
+\lvec (0.72 0.809)
+\lvec (0.76 0.760)
+\lvec (0.80 0.707)
+\lvec (0.84 0.649)
+\lvec (0.88 0.587)
+\lvec (0.92 0.522)
+\lvec (0.96 0.454)
+\lvec (1.00 0.382)
+\lvec (1.04 0.309)
+\lvec (1.08 0.233)
+\lvec (1.12 0.156)
+\lvec (1.16 0.078)
+\lvec (1.20 0)
+\lvec (1.9 0)
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{center}
+\begin{texdraw}
+\arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\linewd 0.01
+\setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B \htext (0  0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
+\def\vtick {\bsegment
+              \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0  0.05)
+            \esegment}
+\def\htick {\bsegment
+              \move (-0.05 0) \lvec ( 0.05 0)
+            \esegment}
+\def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+\def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+
+\lcir r:1                         % circle
+\move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+\move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+
+\move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+\rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
+\move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+\textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
+
+\move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+\bsegment
+  \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+  \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
+  \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
+  \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
+\esegment
+\end{texdraw}
+\end{center}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..371b0e64969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texdraw/txdexamp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+% TeXdraw examples
+
+% $Id: txdexamp.tex,v 2.0 1995/12/18 texdraw-V2R0 $
+
+% These examples are taken from the TeXdraw manual.  Note that the fonts
+% for text will be different from those in the manual -- here we use the
+% plain TeX defaults.
+
+%  Peter Kabal
+%  Department of Electrical Engineering
+%  McGill University
+%  3480 University
+%  Montreal, Quebec
+%  Canada  H3A 2A7
+
+%  kabal@TSP.EE.McGill.CA
+ 
+\input texdraw
+\input txdtools
+\let\et=\etexdraw
+\def\etexdraw{\drawbb\et}
+
+\noindent
+TeXdraw examples using plain TeX.
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \avec (0 0.8) \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 0.9){\sl y}
+  \move (0 0) \avec (0.8 0) \textref h:L v:C \htext(0.9 0){\sl x}
+  \move (0 1.0)}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim{cm} \linewd 0.02
+  \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+  \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \drawdim in
+  \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0.5 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(1.0 0.5)
+  \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1.5 0)
+  \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(2.0 0.5)
+  \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.5 0.5)
+  \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (0.35 0.50){\tt t:F}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.0 0.43){\tt t:V}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (1.82 0.50){\tt t:T}
+  \textref h:R v:T \htext (2.5 0.43){\tt t:H}
+  \textref h:R v:B \htext (2.8 0){\tt t:W}
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \def\bdot {\bsegment
+               \fcir f:0 r:0.02
+             \esegment}
+  \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \move (-1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.55 +0.45) \move (-1.55 -0.45) \move (0 0)
+    \Ttext{Horizontal Text}
+    \bdot                   \Btext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 0)    \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 0)    \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (0 +0.3)    \bdot \Ttext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (0 -0.3)    \bdot \Btext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Ltext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 +0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.9 -0.3) \bdot \Rtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.9 -0.3)
+  \esegment
+  \def\atext {\rtext td:45 }
+  \def\ATtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:B \atext (-0.06 +0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ABtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:C v:T \atext (+0.060 -0.06){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ALtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:R v:C \atext (-0.08 -0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \def\ARtext #1{\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.707
+                   \textref h:L v:C \atext (+0.08 +0.08){#1}
+                 \esegment}
+  \move (+1.5 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \move (+1.33 +1.33) \move (-1.33 -1.33) \move (0 0)
+    \setsegscale 0.707
+    \ATtext{Rotated Text}
+    \bdot                   \ABtext{\tt h:C v:C}
+    \move (-0.9 -0.9) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:C}
+    \move (+0.9 +0.9) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:C}
+    \move (-0.3 +0.3) \bdot \ATtext{\tt h:C v:T}
+    \move (+0.3 -0.3) \bdot \ABtext{\tt h:C v:B}
+    \move (-0.6 -1.2) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:B}
+    \lvec (-1.2 -0.6) \bdot \ALtext{\tt h:L v:T}
+    \lvec (+0.6 +1.2) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:T}
+    \lvec (+1.2 +0.6) \bdot \ARtext{\tt h:R v:B}
+    \lvec (-0.6 -1.2)
+  \esegment
+}
+
+\vfill
+\eject
+
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \move(-0.75 -0.25) \lvec (-0.75 +0.5) \lvec (+0.75 +0.5)
+  \lvec(+0.75 -0.25) \ifill f:0.9         % fill the region
+  \move(0 0)
+             \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
+  \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
+  \move (-1.15 -0.3) \move (+1.15 +0.92)  % increase the size of the drawing
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \linewd 0.02
+  \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+  \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+  \lvec ( 0.707  0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+  \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                  \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                \esegment}
+  \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+  \def\Ldot #1{\bdot \Ltext{#1}}
+  \def\Rdot #1{\bdot \Rtext{#1}}
+  \move (-2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move (0 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0}  \lvec (0.5 0.8) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1.5 0.8) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0.5 1)(1.5 1)(1 0)
+  \esegment
+  \move ( 2 0)
+  \bsegment
+    \lpatt (0.033)
+    \move (0 0) \Ldot{0} \lvec (0 1) \Ldot{1}
+    \lvec (1 0) \Rdot{2} \lvec (1 1) \Rdot{3}
+    \lpatt ()
+    \move (0 0) \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+  \esegment
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\move (0.5 0)
+\lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+\lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+\lfill f:0.8
+}
+
+\vfill
+\eject
+
+
+\bigskip
+\def\tbox #1{\bsegment
+               \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+               \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+               \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+               \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+             \esegment
+             \move (*ex *ey)}
+\centertexdraw{
+  \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
+  \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+  \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+  \rmove (0 0) % stroke the Bezier curve
+  \bsegment
+    \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+    \move ({-\cosa} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+  \esegment}
+
+\def\caw (#1 #2){
+  \currentpos \xa\ya
+  \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+
+% The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+% Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
+  \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+
+% calculate the length of the vector
+  \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+
+% draw the curve in normalized units
+  \bsegment
+    \setsegscale {\len}
+    \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+    \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
+  \esegment
+
+  \move (#1 #2)}
+
+% rotate a coordinate (x y)
+% arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+%  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+\def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
+  \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+  \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
+  \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
+  \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
+
+\centertexdraw{
+  \arrowheadtype t:W
+  \move (0 0)
+  \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+  \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
+  \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
+  \move (0 1.13) \move (0 -0.04)
+}
+
+\vfill
+\eject
+
+
+\bigskip
+\def\delay {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale 0.3
+              \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+              \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+              \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
+              \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+            \esegment
+            \move (*ex *ey)}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T  \htext (0 -0.06){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C  \htext (-0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C  \htext (+0.06 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\cradius {0.08}
+\def\pluss {\bsegment
+              \setsegscale {\cradius}
+              \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+              \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+            \esegment}
+\def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
+\def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
+                         \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                         \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
+\def\putwsw #1{\puttext (-1.7 -1.2){#1}}
+\def\putn   #1{\puttext ( 0   +2  ){#1}}
+\def\puts   #1{\puttext ( 0   -2  ){#1}}
+\def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                     \bsegment
+                       \move (*tx *ty)
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \avec (*ex *ey)
+                     \move (#1 #2)}
+\def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                     \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                     \bsegment
+                       \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                       \move ({\cosa} \sina)
+                       \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                     \esegment
+                     \move (*ex *ey)
+                     \avec (#1 #2)}
+
+\centertexdraw{
+\drawdim in
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
+
+\move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+
+% Input to the first stage
+\bsegment
+  \Ltext{$x(n)$}
+  \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4)
+  \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+  \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% first lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
+  \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% center section
+\bsegment
+  \textref h:C v:C
+  \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
+  \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+\esegment
+\move (*ex *ey)
+
+% last lattice stage
+\bsegment
+  \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
+  \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+  \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+  \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+  \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
+  \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
+  \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
+  \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
+  \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
+\esegment
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\def\ds {\displaystyle}
+\def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
+                       \bsegment
+                         \lvec (0 0.05)
+                         \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
+                       \esegment}
+\def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:L v:C \htext ( 0.08 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+
+\move (2.4 -0.32)    % move to set the size
+
+\move (0 0)
+% Axes
+\avec (0  1.4)
+\move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
+\ticklab (0 0)   {0}
+\ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over  2N} $}
+\ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
+\ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
+
+\linewd 0.025
+\move (0 1)
+\lvec (0.4 1)
+\lvec (0.44 0.998)
+\lvec (0.48 0.988)
+\lvec (0.52 0.973)
+\lvec (0.56 0.951)
+\lvec (0.60 0.923)
+\lvec (0.64 0.891)
+\lvec (0.68 0.852)
+\lvec (0.72 0.809)
+\lvec (0.76 0.760)
+\lvec (0.80 0.707)
+\lvec (0.84 0.649)
+\lvec (0.88 0.587)
+\lvec (0.92 0.522)
+\lvec (0.96 0.454)
+\lvec (1.00 0.382)
+\lvec (1.04 0.309)
+\lvec (1.08 0.233)
+\lvec (1.12 0.156)
+\lvec (1.16 0.078)
+\lvec (1.20 0)
+\lvec (1.9 0)
+}
+
+\bigskip
+\centertexdraw{
+\arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+\linewd 0.01
+\setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+
+\def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:C v:B \htext (0  0.04){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
+              \esegment}
+\def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
+\def\vtick {\bsegment
+              \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0  0.05)
+            \esegment}
+\def\htick {\bsegment
+              \move (-0.05 0) \lvec ( 0.05 0)
+            \esegment}
+\def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+\def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                 \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                 \relsegscale 0.5
+                 \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
+               \esegment}
+
+\lcir r:1                         % circle
+\move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+\move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+
+\move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+\rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
+\move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+\textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
+
+\move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+\bsegment
+  \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+  \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
+  \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
+  \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
+\esegment
+}
+
+\bye